New upstream version 1.0upstream/1.0

1 files changed, 5048 insertions, 2358 deletions

diff --git a/build-aux/texinfo.tex b/build-aux/texinfo.tex
index bac07260..a774790c 100644
--- a/build-aux/texinfo.tex
+++ b/build-aux/texinfo.tex
@@ -1,13 +1,14 @@
 % texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
-%
+% 
 % Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
 \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
 %
-\def\texinfoversion{2008-04-18.10}
+\def\texinfoversion{2017-08-23.19}
 %
-% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
+% Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
 % 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
-% 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+% 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017
+% Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 %
 % This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
 % modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
@@ -24,13 +25,14 @@
 %
 % As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
 % a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
-% restriction.  (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.)
+% restriction. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
+% of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
 %
 % Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
 % reports; you can get the latest version from:
-%   http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or
-%   ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex
-%     (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org).
+%   http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/ (the Texinfo release area), or
+%   http://ftpmirror.gnu.org/texinfo/ (same, via a mirror), or
+%   http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page)
 % The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out
 % of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
 %
@@ -65,6 +67,9 @@
 \everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
   \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
 
+% LaTeX's \typeout.  This ensures that the messages it is used for
+% are identical in format to the corresponding ones from latex/pdflatex.
+\def\typeout{\immediate\write17}%
 
 \chardef\other=12
 
@@ -93,11 +98,15 @@
 \let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite
 \let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
 \let\ptexplus=+
+\let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright
 \let\ptexrbrace=\}
 \let\ptexslash=\/
+\let\ptexsp=\sp
 \let\ptexstar=\*
+\let\ptexsup=\sup
 \let\ptext=\t
 \let\ptextop=\top
+{\catcode`\'=\active \global\let\ptexquoteright'}% active in plain's math mode
 
 % If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
 % starts a new line in the output.
@@ -115,10 +124,11 @@
 % Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
 \ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined  \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
 \ifx\putwordChapter\undefined   \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
+\ifx\putworderror\undefined     \gdef\putworderror{error}\fi
 \ifx\putwordfile\undefined      \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
 \ifx\putwordin\undefined        \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
-\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined     \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
-\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined       \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined   \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
 \ifx\putwordInfo\undefined      \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
 \ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
 \ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined  \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
@@ -152,20 +162,14 @@
 \ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
 \ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined   \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
 
-% Since the category of space is not known, we have to be careful.
-\chardef\spacecat = 10
-\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =\spacecat}
+% Give the space character the catcode for a space.
+\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =10\relax}
+
+% Likewise for ^^M, the end of line character.
+\def\endlineisspace{\catcode13=10\relax}
 
-% sometimes characters are active, so we need control sequences.
-\chardef\colonChar = `\:
-\chardef\commaChar = `\,
 \chardef\dashChar  = `\-
-\chardef\dotChar   = `\.
-\chardef\exclamChar= `\!
-\chardef\lquoteChar= `\`
-\chardef\questChar = `\?
-\chardef\rquoteChar= `\'
-\chardef\semiChar  = `\;
+\chardef\slashChar = `\/
 \chardef\underChar = `\_
 
 % Ignore a token.
@@ -187,46 +191,6 @@
   wide-spread wrap-around
 }
 
-% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
-\newdimen\bindingoffset
-\newdimen\normaloffset
-\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
-
-% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
-% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
-% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
-%
-\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
-
-% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line.  It should
-% surround any changed text.  This approach does *not* work if the
-% change spans more than two lines of output.  To handle that, we would
-% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
-% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
-%
-\def\|{%
-  % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
-  \leavevmode
-  %
-  % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
-  \vadjust{%
-    % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
-    % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
-    \vskip-\baselineskip
-    %
-    % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type.  So
-    % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
-    \llap{%
-      %
-      % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
-      \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
-      %
-      % This is the space between the bar and the text.
-      \hskip 12pt
-    }%
-  }%
-}
-
 % Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
 % and nothing on the terminal.  We don't just call \tracingall here,
 % since that produces some useless output on the terminal.  We also make
@@ -243,7 +207,7 @@
   \tracingmacros2
   \tracingrestores1
   \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen
-  \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging
+  \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined\else % etex gives us more logging
     \tracingscantokens1
     \tracingifs1
     \tracinggroups1
@@ -254,6 +218,13 @@
   \errorcontextlines16
 }%
 
+% @errormsg{MSG}.  Do the index-like expansions on MSG, but if things
+% aren't perfect, it's not the end of the world, being an error message,
+% after all.
+% 
+\def\errormsg{\begingroup \indexnofonts \doerrormsg}
+\def\doerrormsg#1{\errmessage{#1}}
+
 % add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions.  If the last thing
 % we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
 %
@@ -264,7 +235,15 @@
 \def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
   \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
 
-% For @cropmarks command.
+% Output routine
+%
+
+% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
+% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
+% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
+%
+\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt }
+
 % Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
 %
 \newif\ifcropmarks
@@ -287,10 +266,18 @@
 %
 % Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter
 % (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top
-% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page.  The solution is
-% described on page 260 of The TeXbook.  It involves outputting two
-% marks for the sectioning macros, one before the section break, and
-% one after.  I won't pretend I can describe this better than DEK...
+% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page.
+
+% \domark is called twice inside \chapmacro, to add one
+% mark before the section break, and one after.
+%   In the second call \prevchapterdefs is the same as \lastchapterdefs,
+% and \prevsectiondefs is the same as \lastsectiondefs.
+%   Then if the page is not broken at the mark, some of the previous
+% section appears on the page, and we can get the name of this section
+% from \firstmark for @everyheadingmarks top.
+%   @everyheadingmarks bottom uses \botmark.
+%
+% See page 260 of The TeXbook.
 \def\domark{%
   \toks0=\expandafter{\lastchapterdefs}%
   \toks2=\expandafter{\lastsectiondefs}%
@@ -298,11 +285,15 @@
   \toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}%
   \toks8=\expandafter{\lastcolordefs}%
   \mark{%
-                   \the\toks0 \the\toks2
-      \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6
-    \noexpand\else \the\toks8
+                   \the\toks0 \the\toks2  % 0: marks for @everyheadingmarks top
+      \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6  % 1: for @everyheadingmarks bottom
+    \noexpand\else \the\toks8             % 2: color marks
   }%
 }
+
+% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks,
+% \getcolormarks - extract needed part of mark.
+%
 % \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title
 % page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us
 % the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g.,
@@ -318,33 +309,67 @@
 % Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors.
 \def\lastchapterdefs{}
 \def\lastsectiondefs{}
+\def\lastsection{}
 \def\prevchapterdefs{}
 \def\prevsectiondefs{}
 \def\lastcolordefs{}
 
+% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
+\newdimen\bindingoffset
+\newdimen\normaloffset
+\newdimen\txipagewidth \newdimen\txipageheight
+
 % Main output routine.
+%
 \chardef\PAGE = 255
 \output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
 
 \newbox\headlinebox
 \newbox\footlinebox
 
-% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument.  Note that \pagecontents
-% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself.
+% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument.
+% \shipout a vbox for a single page, adding an optional header, footer,
+% cropmarks, and footnote.  This also causes index entries for this page
+% to be written to the auxiliary files.
+%
 \def\onepageout#1{%
   \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi
   %
   \ifodd\pageno  \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
   \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
   %
+  % Common context changes for both heading and footing.
   % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
   % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
+  \def\commmonheadfootline{\let\hsize=\txipagewidth \texinfochars}
+  %
+  % Retrieve the information for the headings from the marks in the page,
+  % and call Plain TeX's \makeheadline and \makefootline, which use the
+  % values in \headline and \footline.
+  %
+  % This is used to check if we are on the first page of a chapter.
+  \ifcase1\topmark\fi
+  \let\prevchaptername\thischaptername
+  \ifcase0\firstmark\fi
+  \let\curchaptername\thischaptername
+  %
   \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi
-  \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
   \ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi
-  \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
+  %
+  \ifx\curchaptername\prevchaptername
+    \let\thischapterheading\thischapter
+  \else
+    % \thischapterheading is the same as \thischapter except it is blank
+    % for the first page of a chapter.  This is to prevent the chapter name 
+    % being shown twice.
+    \def\thischapterheading{}%
+  \fi
+  %
+  \global\setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\commmonheadfootline \makeheadline}%
+  \global\setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\commmonheadfootline \makefootline}%
   %
   {%
+    % Set context for writing to auxiliary files like index files.
     % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
     % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
     % before the \shipout runs.
@@ -353,10 +378,10 @@
     \normalturnoffactive  % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
                % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
                % We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this:
-               % \entry{{\tt \indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}}
+               % \entry{{\indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}}
                % "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in;
-               % it needs to be 
-               % {\code {{\tt \backslashcurfont }acronym}
+               % it needs to be
+               % {\code {{\backslashcurfont }acronym}
     \shipout\vbox{%
       % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
       \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
@@ -414,7 +439,8 @@
 
 \newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
 
-\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
+% Main part of page, including any footnotes
+\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\txipageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
 {\catcode`\@ =11
 \gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
 % marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
@@ -436,9 +462,13 @@
 \def\nsbot{\vbox
   {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}}
 
+
+% Argument parsing
+
 % Parse an argument, then pass it to #1.  The argument is the rest of
 % the input line (except we remove a trailing comment).  #1 should be a
 % macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
+% For example, \def\foo{\parsearg\fooxxx}.
 %
 \def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
 \def\parseargusing#1#2{%
@@ -457,9 +487,11 @@
   }%
 }
 
-% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment.
+% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment.  Also remove a @texinfoc
+% comment (see \scanmacro for details).  Pass the result on to \argcheckspaces.
 \def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
-\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
+\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argremovetexinfoc #1\texinfoc\ArgTerm}
+\def\argremovetexinfoc#1\texinfoc#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
 
 % Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
 %
@@ -494,14 +526,13 @@
 %
 \def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}}
 
+
+% \parseargdef - define a command taking an argument on the line
+%
 % \parseargdef\foo{...}
 %	is roughly equivalent to
 % \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
 % \def\Xfoo#1{...}
-%
-% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my
-% favourite TeX trick.  --kasal, 16nov03
-
 \def\parseargdef#1{%
   \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
 }
@@ -574,7 +605,7 @@
 }
 \def\inenvironment#1{%
   \ifx#1\empty
-    out of any environment%
+    outside of any environment%
   \else
     in environment \expandafter\string#1%
   \fi
@@ -586,7 +617,7 @@
 \parseargdef\end{%
   \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname
   \else
-    % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03
+    % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal.
     \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname
     \csname E#1\endcsname
     \endgroup
@@ -596,85 +627,6 @@
 \newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
 
 
-%% Simple single-character @ commands
-
-% @@ prints an @
-% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr).
-\def\@{{\tt\char64}}
-
-% This is turned off because it was never documented
-% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures.
-%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and '
-%% but suppressing ligatures.
-%\def\`{{`}}
-%\def\'{{'}}
-
-% Used to generate quoted braces.
-\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}}
-\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}}
-\let\{=\mylbrace
-\let\}=\myrbrace
-\begingroup
-  % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
-  % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files.
-  \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
-  \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
-  \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
-  !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]%
-  !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]%
-  !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]%
-  !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]%
-!endgroup
-
-% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
-\let\comma = ,
-
-% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
-% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
-\let\, = \c
-\let\dotaccent = \.
-\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
-\let\tieaccent = \t
-\let\ubaraccent = \b
-\let\udotaccent = \d
-
-% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm
-% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
-\def\questiondown{?`}
-\def\exclamdown{!`}
-\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}}
-\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}}
-
-% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
-\def\imacro{i}
-\def\jmacro{j}
-\def\dotless#1{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi
-  \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi
-  \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
-  \fi\fi
-}
-
-% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
-% period following counts as ending a sentence.  (Idea found in latex.)
-%
-\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 }
-
-% @LaTeX{} logo.  Not quite the same results as the definition in
-% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
-% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
-% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
-% \scriptscriptstyle).
-%
-\def\LaTeX{%
-  L\kern-.36em
-  {\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
-   \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}%
-  \kern-.15em
-  \TeX
-}
-
 % Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
 % equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
 % at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
@@ -691,7 +643,7 @@
 \def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
 
 % @* forces a line break.
-\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
+\def\*{\unskip\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
 
 % @/ allows a line break.
 \let\/=\allowbreak
@@ -706,7 +658,7 @@
 \def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
 
 % @frenchspacing on|off  says whether to put extra space after punctuation.
-% 
+%
 \def\onword{on}
 \def\offword{off}
 %
@@ -716,7 +668,7 @@
   \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing
   \else
     \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on/off}%
+    \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on|off}%
   \fi\fi
 }
 
@@ -770,21 +722,26 @@
     \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar.
     \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth
   \egroup           % End the \vtop.
+  \addgroupbox
+  \prevdepth = \dimen1
+  \checkinserts
+}
+
+\def\addgroupbox{
   % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
   \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox  \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
   % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
-  \dimen2 = \pageheight   \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
+  \dimen2 = \txipageheight   \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
   % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
   % group, force a page break.
   \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
-    \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight
+    \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\txipageheight
       \page
     \fi
   \fi
   \box\groupbox
-  \prevdepth = \dimen1
-  \checkinserts
 }
+
 %
 % TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
 % message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
@@ -798,15 +755,6 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 
 \newdimen\mil  \mil=0.001in
 
-% Old definition--didn't work.
-%\parseargdef\need{\par %
-%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally
-%% if the depth of the box does not fit.
-%{\baselineskip=0pt%
-%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak
-%\prevdepth=-1000pt
-%}}
-
 \parseargdef\need{%
   % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
   % paragraph.
@@ -870,7 +818,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 
 % @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
 % paragraph.  For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
-% class.  WHICH is `l' or `r'.
+% class.  WHICH is `l' or `r'.  Not documented, written for gawk manual.
 %
 \newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
 \def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
@@ -926,6 +874,8 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
   {%
     \makevalueexpandable  % we want to expand any @value in FILE.
     \turnoffactive        % and allow special characters in the expansion
+    \indexnofonts         % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
+    \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @include of #1^^J}%
     \edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }%
     %
     % This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes
@@ -944,6 +894,8 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
   \catcode`>=\other
   \catcode`+=\other
   \catcode`-=\other
+  \catcode`\`=\other
+  \catcode`\'=\other
 }
 
 \def\pushthisfilestack{%
@@ -959,7 +911,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty}
 \def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error:
   the stack of filenames is empty.}}
-
+%
 \def\thisfile{}
 
 % @center line
@@ -967,37 +919,48 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 %
 \parseargdef\center{%
   \ifhmode
-    \let\next\centerH
+    \let\centersub\centerH
   \else
-    \let\next\centerV
+    \let\centersub\centerV
   \fi
-  \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
+  \centersub{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
+  \let\centersub\relax % don't let the definition persist, just in case
 }
-\def\centerH#1{%
-  {%
-    \hfil\break
-    \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
-    \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
-    \line{#1}%
-    \break
-  }%
+\def\centerH#1{{%
+  \hfil\break
+  \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
+  \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+  \line{#1}%
+  \break
+}}
+%
+\newcount\centerpenalty
+\def\centerV#1{%
+  % The idea here is the same as in \startdefun, \cartouche, etc.: if
+  % @center is the first thing after a section heading, we need to wipe
+  % out the negative parskip inserted by \sectionheading, but still
+  % prevent a page break here.
+  \centerpenalty = \lastpenalty
+  \ifnum\centerpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \fi
+  \ifnum\centerpenalty>9999 \penalty\centerpenalty \fi
+  \line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}%
 }
-\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}}
 
 % @sp n   outputs n lines of vertical space
-
+%
 \parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
 
 % @comment ...line which is ignored...
 % @c is the same as @comment
 % @ignore ... @end ignore  is another way to write a comment
 
-\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other%
-\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
-\commentxxx}
-{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
 
-\let\c=\comment
+\def\c{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active%
+\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
+\cxxx}
+{\catcode`\^^M=\active \gdef\cxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
+%
+\let\comment\c
 
 % @paragraphindent NCHARS
 % We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
@@ -1068,170 +1031,23 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 % paragraph.
 %
 \gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
-  \gdef\indent{%
-    \restorefirstparagraphindent
-    \indent
-  }%
-  \gdef\noindent{%
-    \restorefirstparagraphindent
-    \noindent
-  }%
-  \global\everypar = {%
-    \kern -\parindent
-    \restorefirstparagraphindent
-  }%
-}
-
-\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
-  \global \let \indent = \ptexindent
-  \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent
-  \global \everypar = {}%
+  \gdef\indent  {\restorefirstparagraphindent \indent}%
+  \gdef\noindent{\restorefirstparagraphindent \noindent}%
+  \global\everypar = {\kern -\parindent \restorefirstparagraphindent}%
 }
-
-
-% @asis just yields its argument.  Used with @table, for example.
-%
-\def\asis#1{#1}
-
-% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
-%
-% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
-% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}.  So make
-% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
-% which is what @var uses.
-{
-  \catcode`\_ = \active
-  \gdef\mathunderscore{%
-    \catcode`\_=\active
-    \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
-  }
-}
-% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character.
-% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but
-% this is not advertised and we don't care.  Texinfo does not
-% otherwise define @\.
-%
-% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
-\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
 %
-\def\math{%
-  \tex
-  \mathunderscore
-  \let\\ = \mathbackslash
-  \mathactive
-  % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode
-  \let\"=\ddot
-  \let\'=\acute
-  \let\==\bar
-  \let\^=\hat
-  \let\`=\grave
-  \let\u=\breve
-  \let\v=\check
-  \let\~=\tilde
-  \let\dotaccent=\dot
-  $\finishmath
-}
-\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup}  % Close the group opened by \tex.
-
-% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
-% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
-% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
-%
-{
-  \catcode`^ = \active
-  \catcode`< = \active
-  \catcode`> = \active
-  \catcode`+ = \active
-  \gdef\mathactive{%
-    \let^ = \ptexhat
-    \let< = \ptexless
-    \let> = \ptexgtr
-    \let+ = \ptexplus
-  }
-}
-
-% Some math mode symbols.
-\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$}
-\def\geq{\ifmmode \ge\else $\ge$\fi}
-\def\leq{\ifmmode \le\else $\le$\fi}
-\def\minus{\ifmmode -\else $-$\fi}
-
-% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
-% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm
-% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand,
-% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em.  So do
-% whichever is larger.
-%
-\def\dots{%
-  \leavevmode
-  \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods
-  \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em
-    \dimen0 = \wd0
-  \else
-    \dimen0 = 1.5em
-  \fi
-  \hbox to \dimen0{%
-    \hskip 0pt plus.25fil
-    .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
-    .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
-    .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil
-  }%
-}
-
-% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
-%
-\def\enddots{%
-  \dots
-  \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor
+\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
+  \global\let\indent = \ptexindent
+  \global\let\noindent = \ptexnoindent
+  \global\everypar = {}%
 }
 
-% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up
-% Texinfo's parsing.
-%
-\let\comma = ,
 
 % @refill is a no-op.
 \let\refill=\relax
 
-% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
-% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
-% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
-%
-\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
-\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
-
-% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
-% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
-% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
-\def\setfilename{%
-   \fixbackslash  % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
-   \iflinks
-     \tryauxfile
-     % Open the new aux file.  TeX will close it automatically at exit.
-     \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
-   \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
-   \openindices
-   \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
-   %
-   % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
-   % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
-   \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
-   \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi
-   \closein 1
-   %
-   \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
-}
-
-% Called from \setfilename.
-%
-\def\openindices{%
-  \newindex{cp}%
-  \newcodeindex{fn}%
-  \newcodeindex{vr}%
-  \newcodeindex{tp}%
-  \newcodeindex{ky}%
-  \newcodeindex{pg}%
-}
+% @setfilename INFO-FILENAME - ignored
+\let\setfilename=\comment
 
 % @bye.
 \outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
@@ -1249,14 +1065,94 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \newtoks\toksC
 \newtoks\toksD
 \newbox\boxA
+\newbox\boxB
 \newcount\countA
 \newif\ifpdf
 \newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
 
+%
+% For LuaTeX
+%
+
+\newif\iftxiuseunicodedestname
+\txiuseunicodedestnamefalse % For pdfTeX etc.
+
+\ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+\else
+  % Use Unicode destination names
+  \txiuseunicodedestnametrue
+  % Escape PDF strings with converting UTF-16 from UTF-8
+  \begingroup
+    \catcode`\%=12
+    \directlua{
+      function UTF16oct(str)
+        tex.sprint(string.char(0x5c) .. '376' .. string.char(0x5c) .. '377')
+        for c in string.utfvalues(str) do
+          if c < 0x10000 then
+            tex.sprint(
+              string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
+                            string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
+                            (c / 256), (c % 256)))
+          else
+            c = c - 0x10000
+            local c_hi = c / 1024 + 0xd800
+            local c_lo = c % 1024 + 0xdc00
+            tex.sprint(
+              string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
+                            string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
+                            string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
+                            string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
+                            (c_hi / 256), (c_hi % 256),
+                            (c_lo / 256), (c_lo % 256)))
+          end
+        end
+      end
+    }
+  \endgroup
+  \def\pdfescapestrutfsixteen#1{\directlua{UTF16oct('\luaescapestring{#1}')}}
+  % Escape PDF strings without converting
+  \begingroup
+    \directlua{
+      function PDFescstr(str)
+        for c in string.bytes(str) do
+          if c <= 0x20 or c >= 0x80 or c == 0x28 or c == 0x29 or c == 0x5c then
+            tex.sprint(
+              string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
+                            c))
+          else
+            tex.sprint(string.char(c))
+          end
+        end
+      end
+    }
+  \endgroup
+  \def\pdfescapestring#1{\directlua{PDFescstr('\luaescapestring{#1}')}}
+  \ifnum\luatexversion>84
+    % For LuaTeX >= 0.85
+    \def\pdfdest{\pdfextension dest}
+    \let\pdfoutput\outputmode
+    \def\pdfliteral{\pdfextension literal}
+    \def\pdfcatalog{\pdfextension catalog}
+    \def\pdftexversion{\numexpr\pdffeedback version\relax}
+    \let\pdfximage\saveimageresource
+    \let\pdfrefximage\useimageresource
+    \let\pdflastximage\lastsavedimageresourceindex
+    \def\pdfendlink{\pdfextension endlink\relax}
+    \def\pdfoutline{\pdfextension outline}
+    \def\pdfstartlink{\pdfextension startlink}
+    \def\pdffontattr{\pdfextension fontattr}
+    \def\pdfobj{\pdfextension obj}
+    \def\pdflastobj{\numexpr\pdffeedback lastobj\relax}
+    \let\pdfpagewidth\pagewidth
+    \let\pdfpageheight\pageheight
+    \edef\pdfhorigin{\pdfvariable horigin}
+    \edef\pdfvorigin{\pdfvariable vorigin}
+  \fi
+\fi
+
 % when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1
-% can be set).  So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined,
-% borrowed from ifpdf.sty.
-\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
+% can be set).  So we test for \relax and 0 as well as being undefined.
+\ifx\pdfoutput\thisisundefined
 \else
   \ifx\pdfoutput\relax
   \else
@@ -1271,50 +1167,33 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 % for display in the outlines, and in other places.  Thus, we have to
 % double any backslashes.  Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be
 % interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e.  Not good.
-% http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html
-% (and related messages, the final outcome is that it is up to the TeX
-% user to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so
-% that's what we do).
-
-% double active backslashes.
 % 
-{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active
- @gdef@activebackslashdouble{%
-   @catcode`@\=@active
-   @let\=@doublebackslash}
-}
-
-% To handle parens, we must adopt a different approach, since parens are
-% not active characters.  hyperref.dtx (which has the same problem as
-% us) handles it with this amazing macro to replace tokens, with minor
-% changes for Texinfo.  It is included here under the GPL by permission
-% from the author, Heiko Oberdiek.
-% 
-% #1 is the tokens to replace.
-% #2 is the replacement.
-% #3 is the control sequence with the string.
-% 
-\def\HyPsdSubst#1#2#3{%
-  \def\HyPsdReplace##1#1##2\END{%
-    ##1%
-    \ifx\\##2\\%
-    \else
-      #2%
-      \HyReturnAfterFi{%
-        \HyPsdReplace##2\END
-      }%
-    \fi
-  }%
-  \xdef#3{\expandafter\HyPsdReplace#3#1\END}%
+% See http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html and
+% related messages.  The final outcome is that it is up to the TeX user
+% to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so
+% that's what we do.  pdftex 1.30.0 (ca.2005) introduced a primitive to
+% do this reliably, so we use it.
+
+% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements,
+% which we \xdef.
+\def\txiescapepdf#1{%
+  \ifx\pdfescapestring\thisisundefined
+    % No primitive available; should we give a warning or log?
+    % Many times it won't matter.
+    \xdef#1{#1}%
+  \else
+    % The expandable \pdfescapestring primitive escapes parentheses,
+    % backslashes, and other special chars.
+    \xdef#1{\pdfescapestring{#1}}%
+  \fi
 }
-\long\def\HyReturnAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1}
-
-% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements.
-\def\backslashparens#1{%
-  \xdef#1{#1}% redefine it as its expansion; the definition is simply
-             % \lastnode when called from \setref -> \pdfmkdest.
-  \HyPsdSubst{(}{\realbackslash(}{#1}%
-  \HyPsdSubst{)}{\realbackslash)}{#1}%
+\def\txiescapepdfutfsixteen#1{%
+  \ifx\pdfescapestrutfsixteen\thisisundefined
+    % No UTF-16 converting macro available.
+    \txiescapepdf{#1}%
+  \else
+    \xdef#1{\pdfescapestrutfsixteen{#1}}%
+  \fi
 }
 
 \newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images
@@ -1324,11 +1203,19 @@ output) for that.)}
 
 \ifpdf
   %
-  % Color manipulation macros based on pdfcolor.tex.
-  \def\cmykDarkRed{0.28 1 1 0.35}
-  \def\cmykBlack{0 0 0 1}
+  % Color manipulation macros using ideas from pdfcolor.tex,
+  % except using rgb instead of cmyk; the latter is said to render as a
+  % very dark gray on-screen and a very dark halftone in print, instead
+  % of actual black. The dark red here is dark enough to print on paper as
+  % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing.  We use
+  % black by default, though.
+  \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12}
+  \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0}
+  %
+  % rg sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.);
+  % RG sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s).
+  \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 rg  #1 RG}}
   %
-  \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 k}}
   % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
   % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore.
   \def\setcolor#1{%
@@ -1337,7 +1224,7 @@ output) for that.)}
     \pdfsetcolor{#1}%
   }
   %
-  \def\maincolor{\cmykBlack}
+  \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack}
   \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}
   \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor}
   \def\lastcolordefs{}
@@ -1367,32 +1254,34 @@ output) for that.)}
   %
   % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
   \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
-    \def\imagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
-    \def\imageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+    \def\pdfimagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+    \def\pdfimageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
     %
-    % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .png, .jpg, .pdf (among
-    % others).  Let's try in that order.
+    % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .pdf, .png, .jpg (among
+    % others).  Let's try in that order, PDF first since if
+    % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a
+    % bitmap.
     \let\pdfimgext=\empty
     \begingroup
-      \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
-        \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
-          \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
-            \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
-              \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
-                \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
+      \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
+        \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
+          \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
+            \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
+              \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
+                \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
                   \errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp
                   \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}%
-                \else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}%
+                \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}%
                 \fi
-              \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}%
+              \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}%
               \fi
-            \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}%
+            \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}%
             \fi
-          \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}%
+          \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}%
           \fi
-        \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}%
+        \else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}%
         \fi
-      \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}%
+      \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}%
       \fi
       \closein 1
     \endgroup
@@ -1404,8 +1293,8 @@ output) for that.)}
     \else
       \immediate\pdfximage
     \fi
-      \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \imagewidth \fi
-      \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \imageheight \fi
+      \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \pdfimagewidth \fi
+      \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \pdfimageheight \fi
       \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
          #1.\pdfimgext
        \else
@@ -1415,25 +1304,83 @@ output) for that.)}
       \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
     \fi}
   %
-  \def\pdfmkdest#1{{%
+  \def\setpdfdestname#1{{%
     % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
     % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
     \indexnofonts
-    \turnoffactive
-    \activebackslashdouble
     \makevalueexpandable
+    \turnoffactive
+    \iftxiuseunicodedestname
+      \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
+        % Pass through Latin-1 characters.
+        % LuaTeX with byte wise I/O converts Latin-1 characters to Unicode.
+      \else
+        \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
+          % Pass through Unicode characters.
+        \else
+          % Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
+          \passthroughcharsfalse
+        \fi
+      \fi
+    \else
+      % Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
+      \passthroughcharsfalse
+    \fi
     \def\pdfdestname{#1}%
-    \backslashparens\pdfdestname
-    \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
+    \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname
+  }}
+  %
+  \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{%
+    \indexnofonts
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \turnoffactive
+    \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
+      % The PDF format can use an extended form of Latin-1 in bookmark
+      % strings.  See Appendix D of the PDF Reference, Sixth Edition, for
+      % the "PDFDocEncoding".
+      \passthroughcharstrue
+      % Pass through Latin-1 characters.
+      %   LuaTeX: Convert to Unicode
+      %   pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding
+      \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+    \else
+      \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
+        \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+          % For pdfTeX  with UTF-8.
+          % TODO: the PDF format can use UTF-16 in bookmark strings,
+          % but the code for this isn't done yet.
+          % Use ASCII approximations.
+          \passthroughcharsfalse
+          \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+        \else
+          % For LuaTeX with UTF-8.
+          % Pass through Unicode characters for title texts.
+          \passthroughcharstrue
+          \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+        \fi
+      \else
+        % For non-Latin-1 or non-UTF-8 encodings.
+        % Use ASCII approximations.
+        \passthroughcharsfalse
+        \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+    % LuaTeX: Convert to UTF-16
+    % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding
+    \txiescapepdfutfsixteen\pdfoutlinetext
   }}
   %
+  \def\pdfmkdest#1{%
+    \setpdfdestname{#1}%
+    \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
+  }
+  %
   % used to mark target names; must be expandable.
   \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
   %
-  % by default, use a color that is dark enough to print on paper as
-  % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing.
-  \def\urlcolor{\cmykDarkRed}
-  \def\linkcolor{\cmykDarkRed}
+  % by default, use black for everything.
+  \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack}
+  \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack}
   \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
   %
   % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
@@ -1455,29 +1402,19 @@ output) for that.)}
     % page number.  We could generate a destination for the section
     % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
     % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured.
-    \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
-    \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty
-      \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}%
-    \else
-      % Doubled backslashes in the name.
-      {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
-       \backslashparens\pdfoutlinedest}%
+    \setpdfoutlinetext{#1}
+    \setpdfdestname{#3}
+    \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
+      \def\pdfdestname{#4}%
     \fi
     %
-    % Also double the backslashes in the display string.
-    {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
-     \backslashparens\pdfoutlinetext}%
-    %
-    \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
+    \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
   }
   %
   \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
     \begingroup
-      % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
-      \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace
-      \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
-      %
       % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
+      \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines
       \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
 	\def\thischapnum{##2}%
 	\def\thissecnum{0}%
@@ -1531,25 +1468,41 @@ output) for that.)}
       % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character.  Info from
       % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100.
       %
-      % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
-      % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding.  Right
-      % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way.
+      % TODO this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
+      % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding.  Too
+      % much work for too little return.  Just use the ASCII equivalents
+      % we use for the index sort strings.
+      % 
       \indexnofonts
       \setupdatafile
+      % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike
+      % Texinfo index files.  So set that up.
+      \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}%
+      \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}%
       \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
       \input \tocreadfilename
     \endgroup
   }
+  {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2
+   \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other
+   \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]%
+   \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]%
+  ]
   %
   \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
     \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
     \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
-      \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
-        \advance\filenamelength by 1
-      \fi
+      \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
+      \advance\filenamelength by 1
     \fi
     \nextsp}
-  \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax}
+  \def\getfilename#1{%
+    \filenamelength=0
+    % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get
+    % snagged on things like "@value{foo}".
+    \edef\temp{#1}%
+    \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax
+  }
   \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
     \let \startlink \pdfannotlink
   \else
@@ -1562,11 +1515,15 @@ output) for that.)}
       % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
       % of @url.  for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
       % people have actually reported a problem with.
-      % 
+      %
       \normalturnoffactive
       \def\@{@}%
       \let\/=\empty
       \makevalueexpandable
+      % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just
+      % special-casing \var here?
+      \def\var##1{##1}%
+      %
       \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}%
       \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
         user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
@@ -1597,6 +1554,7 @@ output) for that.)}
     \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink}
   \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
 \else
+  % non-pdf mode
   \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
   \let\pdfurl = \gobble
   \let\endlink = \relax
@@ -1605,40 +1563,297 @@ output) for that.)}
   \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
 \fi  % \ifx\pdfoutput
 
-
-\message{fonts,}
-
-% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
-% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
-% italics, not bold italics.
 %
-\def\setfontstyle#1{%
-  \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
-  \csname ten#1\endcsname  % change the current font
-}
-
-% Select #1 fonts with the current style.
+% For XeTeX
 %
-\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname}
-
-\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
-\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
-\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
-\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
-\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
-
-% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
-% So we set up a \sf.
-\newfam\sffam
-\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
-\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
-
-% We don't need math for this font style.
-\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
+\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+\else
+  %
+  % XeTeX version check
+  %
+  \ifnum\strcmp{\the\XeTeXversion\XeTeXrevision}{0.99996}>-1
+    % TeX Live 2016 contains XeTeX 0.99996 and xdvipdfmx 20160307.
+    % It can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special (from TeX Live SVN r40941).
+    % For avoiding PDF destination name replacement, we use this special
+    % instead of xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'.
+    \special{dvipdfmx:config C 0x0010}
+    % XeTeX 0.99995+ comes with xdvipdfmx 20160307+.
+    % It can handle Unicode destination names for PDF.
+    \txiuseunicodedestnametrue
+  \else
+    % XeTeX < 0.99996 (TeX Live < 2016) cannot use the
+    % `dvipdfmx:config' special.
+    % So for avoiding PDF destination name replacement,
+    % xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010' is necessary.
+    %
+    % XeTeX < 0.99995 can not handle Unicode destination names for PDF
+    % because xdvipdfmx 20150315 has a UTF-16 conversion issue.
+    % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753).
+    \txiuseunicodedestnamefalse
+  \fi
+  %
+  % Color support
+  %
+  \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12}
+  \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0}
+  %
+  \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\special{pdf:scolor [#1]}}
+  %
+  % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
+  % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore.
+  \def\setcolor#1{%
+    \xdef\lastcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
+    \domark
+    \pdfsetcolor{#1}%
+  }
+  %
+  \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack}
+  \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}
+  \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor}
+  \def\lastcolordefs{}
+  %
+  \def\makefootline{%
+    \baselineskip24pt
+    \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}%
+  }
+  %
+  \def\makeheadline{%
+    \vbox to 0pt{%
+      \vskip-22.5pt
+      \line{%
+        \vbox to8.5pt{}%
+        % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks.
+        \getcolormarks
+        % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color.
+        \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}%
+      }%
+      \vss
+    }%
+    \nointerlineskip
+  }
+  %
+  % PDF outline support
+  %
+  % Emulate pdfTeX primitive
+  \def\pdfdest name#1 xyz{%
+    \special{pdf:dest (#1) [@thispage /XYZ @xpos @ypos null]}%
+  }
+  %
+  \def\setpdfdestname#1{{%
+    % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
+    % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
+    \indexnofonts
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \turnoffactive
+    \iftxiuseunicodedestname
+      % Pass through Unicode characters.
+    \else
+      % Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
+      \passthroughcharsfalse
+    \fi
+    \def\pdfdestname{#1}%
+    \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname
+  }}
+  %
+  \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{%
+    \turnoffactive
+    % Always use Unicode characters in title texts.
+    \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+    % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts to UTF-16.
+    % So we do not convert.
+    \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext
+  }}
+  %
+  \def\pdfmkdest#1{%
+    \setpdfdestname{#1}%
+    \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
+  }
+  %
+  % by default, use black for everything.
+  \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack}
+  \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack}
+  \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
+  %
+  \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
+    \setpdfoutlinetext{#1}
+    \setpdfdestname{#3}
+    \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
+      \def\pdfdestname{#4}%
+    \fi
+    %
+    \special{pdf:out [-] #2 << /Title (\pdfoutlinetext) /A
+      << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >> }%
+  }
+  %
+  \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
+    \begingroup
+      %
+      % For XeTeX, counts of subentries are not necessary.
+      % Therefore, we read toc only once.
+      %
+      % We use node names as destinations.
+      \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines
+      \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+        \dopdfoutline{##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}%
+      \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+        \dopdfoutline{##1}{2}{##3}{##4}}%
+      \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+        \dopdfoutline{##1}{3}{##3}{##4}}%
+      \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+        \dopdfoutline{##1}{4}{##3}{##4}}%
+      %
+      \let\appentry\numchapentry%
+      \let\appsecentry\numsecentry%
+      \let\appsubsecentry\numsubsecentry%
+      \let\appsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry%
+      \let\unnchapentry\numchapentry%
+      \let\unnsecentry\numsecentry%
+      \let\unnsubsecentry\numsubsecentry%
+      \let\unnsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry%
+      %
+      % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts strings to UTF-16.
+      % Therefore, the encoding and the language may not be considered.
+      %
+      \indexnofonts
+      \setupdatafile
+      % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike
+      % Texinfo index files.  So set that up.
+      \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}%
+      \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}%
+      \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
+      \input \tocreadfilename
+    \endgroup
+  }
+  {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2
+   \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other
+   \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]%
+   \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]%
+  ]
+
+  \special{pdf:docview << /PageMode /UseOutlines >> }
+  % ``\special{pdf:tounicode ...}'' is not necessary
+  % because xdvipdfmx converts strings from UTF-8 to UTF-16 without it.
+  % However, due to a UTF-16 conversion issue of xdvipdfmx 20150315,
+  % ``\special{pdf:dest ...}'' cannot handle non-ASCII strings.
+  % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753).
+%
+  \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
+    \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
+    \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
+      \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
+      \advance\filenamelength by 1
+    \fi
+    \nextsp}
+  \def\getfilename#1{%
+    \filenamelength=0
+    % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get
+    % snagged on things like "@value{foo}".
+    \edef\temp{#1}%
+    \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax
+  }
+  % make a live url in pdf output.
+  \def\pdfurl#1{%
+    \begingroup
+      % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
+      % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
+      % of @url.  for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
+      % people have actually reported a problem with.
+      %
+      \normalturnoffactive
+      \def\@{@}%
+      \let\/=\empty
+      \makevalueexpandable
+      % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just
+      % special-casing \var here?
+      \def\var##1{##1}%
+      %
+      \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}%
+      \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0]
+        /Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >> >>}%
+    \endgroup}
+  \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\special{pdf:eann}}
+  \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
+  \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+  \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
+  \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
+  \def\maketoks{%
+    \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
+    \ifx\first0\adn0
+    \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
+    \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
+    \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
+    \else
+      \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
+      \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
+        \let\next=\maketoks
+        \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
+        \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
+      \fi
+    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+    \next}
+  \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
+    {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
+  \def\pdflink#1{%
+    \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0]
+      /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A << /S /GoTo /D (#1) >> >>}%
+    \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink}
+  \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
+%
+  %
+  % @image support
+  %
+  % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
+  \def\doxeteximage#1#2#3{%
+    \def\xeteximagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+    \def\xeteximageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+    %
+    % XeTeX (and the PDF format) supports .pdf, .png, .jpg (among
+    % others).  Let's try in that order, PDF first since if
+    % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a
+    % bitmap.
+    \let\xeteximgext=\empty
+    \begingroup
+      \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
+        \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
+          \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
+            \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
+              \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
+                \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
+                  \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for XeTeX}%
+                \else \gdef\xeteximgext{JPG}%
+                \fi
+              \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpeg}%
+              \fi
+            \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpg}%
+            \fi
+          \else \gdef\xeteximgext{png}%
+          \fi
+        \else \gdef\xeteximgext{PDF}%
+        \fi
+      \else \gdef\xeteximgext{pdf}%
+      \fi
+      \closein 1
+    \endgroup
+    %
+    \def\xetexpdfext{pdf}%
+    \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext
+      \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
+    \else
+      \def\xetexpdfext{PDF}%
+      \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext
+        \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
+      \else
+        \XeTeXpicfile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
+      \fi
+    \fi
+    \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \xeteximagewidth \fi
+    \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \xeteximageheight \fi \relax
+  }
+\fi
 
 
-% Default leading.
-\newdimen\textleading  \textleading = 13.2pt
+%
+\message{fonts,}
 
 % Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
 % correspondingly.  There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
@@ -1651,6 +1866,7 @@ output) for that.)}
 % can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this.
 \def\baselinefactor{1}
 %
+\newdimen\textleading
 \def\setleading#1{%
   \dimen0 = #1\relax
   \normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0
@@ -1672,7 +1888,7 @@ output) for that.)}
 % if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps.
 % (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run
 % older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.)
-\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\undefined \else
+\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\thisisundefined \else
   \begingroup
     \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
     \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
@@ -1923,28 +2139,34 @@ end
 \fi\fi
 
 
-% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
-% specified font prefix (normally `cm').
+% Set the font macro #1 to the font named \fontprefix#2.
 % #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap
-% encoding (currently only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, pass
-% empty to omit).
+% encoding (only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, or empty to omit).
+% Example:
+% #1 = \textrm
+% #2 = \rmshape
+% #3 = 10
+% #4 = \mainmagstep
+% #5 = OT1
+%
 \def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{%
   \font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4
   \csname cmap#5\endcsname#1%
 }
 % This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty.
 \let\cmap\gobble
-% emacs-page end of cmaps
+%
+% (end of cmaps)
 
 % Use cm as the default font prefix.
 % To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
 % before you read in texinfo.tex.
-\ifx\fontprefix\undefined
+\ifx\fontprefix\thisisundefined
 \def\fontprefix{cm}
 \fi
 % Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
 \def\rmshape{r}
-\def\rmbshape{bx}               %where the normal face is bold
+\def\rmbshape{bx}               % where the normal face is bold
 \def\bfshape{b}
 \def\bxshape{bx}
 \def\ttshape{tt}
@@ -1959,9 +2181,8 @@ end
 \def\scshape{csc}
 \def\scbshape{csc}
 
-% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt.  This is the default in
-% Texinfo.
-% 
+% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt.  (The default in Texinfo.)
+%
 \def\definetextfontsizexi{%
 % Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
 \def\textnominalsize{11pt}
@@ -1981,8 +2202,10 @@ end
 % A few fonts for @defun names and args.
 \setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
 \setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
 \setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
+\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf
+\let\ttslfont=\defttsl \let\slfont=\defsl \bf}
 
 % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
 \def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
@@ -2024,8 +2247,6 @@ end
 \setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
 \font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
 \font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
-\def\authorrm{\secrm}
-\def\authortt{\sectt}
 \def\titleecsize{2074}
 
 % Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
@@ -2045,6 +2266,7 @@ end
 % Section fonts (14.4pt).
 \def\secnominalsize{14pt}
 \setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\secrmnotbold\rmshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
 \setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
 \setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
 \setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
@@ -2070,7 +2292,7 @@ end
 \font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
 \def\ssececsize{1200}
 
-% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt).
+% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (10pt).
 \def\reducednominalsize{10pt}
 \setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
 \setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
@@ -2084,17 +2306,17 @@ end
 \font\reducedsy=cmsy10
 \def\reducedecsize{1000}
 
-% reset the current fonts
-\textfonts
+\textleading = 13.2pt % line spacing for 11pt CM
+\textfonts            % reset the current fonts
 \rm
-} % end of 11pt text font size definitions
+} % end of 11pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizexi
 
 
 % Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with
 % section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit.  This is for the GNU
 % Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual.  Maybe other manuals in the
 % future.  Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt.
-% 
+%
 \def\definetextfontsizex{%
 % Text fonts (10pt).
 \def\textnominalsize{10pt}
@@ -2114,8 +2336,10 @@ end
 % A few fonts for @defun names and args.
 \setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
 \setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
 \setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
-\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
+\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf
+\let\slfont=\defsl \let\ttslfont=\defttsl \bf}
 
 % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
 \def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
@@ -2157,8 +2381,6 @@ end
 \setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
 \font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
 \font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
-\def\authorrm{\secrm}
-\def\authortt{\sectt}
 \def\titleecsize{2074}
 
 % Chapter fonts (14.4pt).
@@ -2185,7 +2407,7 @@ end
 \setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
 \let\secbf\secrm
 \setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
-\font\seci=cmmi12 
+\font\seci=cmmi12
 \font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
 \def\sececsize{1200}
 
@@ -2203,7 +2425,7 @@ end
 \font\ssecsy=cmsy10
 \def\ssececsize{1000}
 
-% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (9pt).
+% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (9pt).
 \def\reducednominalsize{9pt}
 \setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
 \setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
@@ -2217,29 +2439,34 @@ end
 \font\reducedsy=cmsy9
 \def\reducedecsize{0900}
 
-% reduce space between paragraphs
-\divide\parskip by 2
-
-% reset the current fonts
-\textfonts
+\divide\parskip by 2  % reduce space between paragraphs
+\textleading = 12pt   % line spacing for 10pt CM
+\textfonts            % reset the current fonts
 \rm
-} % end of 10pt text font size definitions
+} % end of 10pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizex
+
+% Fonts for short table of contents.
+\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}  % no cmb12
+\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
 
 
 % We provide the user-level command
 %   @fonttextsize 10
 % (or 11) to redefine the text font size.  pt is assumed.
-% 
-\def\xword{10}
+%
 \def\xiword{11}
+\def\xword{10}
+\def\xwordpt{10pt}
 %
 \parseargdef\fonttextsize{%
   \def\textsizearg{#1}%
-  \wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}%
+  %\wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}%
   %
   % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since
   % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless.
-  % 
+  %
  \begingroup \globaldefs=1
   \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex
   \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi
@@ -2250,96 +2477,115 @@ end
  \endgroup
 }
 
+%
+% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
+% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
+% italics, not bold italics.
+%
+\def\setfontstyle#1{%
+  \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
+  \csname #1font\endcsname  % change the current font
+}
+
+\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
+\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
+\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
+\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
+\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
+
+% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
+% So we set up a \sf.
+\newfam\sffam
+\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
+
+% We don't need math for this font style.
+\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
+
 
 % In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
-% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families.  Since
-% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except
-% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and
-% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts).
+% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families.  We don't
+% bother to reset \scriptfont and \scriptscriptfont; awaiting user need.
 %
 \def\resetmathfonts{%
-  \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy
-  \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
-  \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf
+  \textfont0=\rmfont \textfont1=\ifont \textfont2=\syfont
+  \textfont\itfam=\itfont \textfont\slfam=\slfont \textfont\bffam=\bffont
+  \textfont\ttfam=\ttfont \textfont\sffam=\sffont
 }
 
-% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
-% of just \STYLE.  We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the
-% current \fam for math mode.  Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire
-% \tenSTYLE to set the current font.
+%
+
+% The font-changing commands (all called \...fonts) redefine the meanings
+% of \STYLEfont, instead of just \STYLE.  We do this because \STYLE needs
+% to also set the current \fam for math mode.  Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm)
+% commands hardwire \STYLEfont to set the current font.
 %
 % Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower)
-% and \lllsize (three sizes lower).  These relative commands are used in
-% the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
+% and \lllsize (three sizes lower).  These relative commands are used
+% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
 %
 % This all needs generalizing, badly.
 %
-\def\textfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
-  \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
-  \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{text}%
-  \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
-\def\titlefonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
-  \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
-  \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
-  \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
-  \def\curfontsize{title}%
-  \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}}
+
+\def\assignfonts#1{%
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\rmfont\csname #1rm\endcsname
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\itfont\csname #1it\endcsname
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\slfont\csname #1sl\endcsname
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\bffont\csname #1bf\endcsname
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\ttfont\csname #1tt\endcsname
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\smallcaps\csname #1sc\endcsname
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\sffont  \csname #1sf\endcsname
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\ifont   \csname #1i\endcsname
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\syfont  \csname #1sy\endcsname
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\ttslfont\csname #1ttsl\endcsname
+}
+
+\newif\ifrmisbold
+
+% Select smaller font size with the current style.  Used to change font size
+% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms.  If we are using bold fonts for
+% normal roman text, also use bold fonts for roman text in the smaller size.
+\def\switchtolllsize{%
+   \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lllsize}%
+   \ifrmisbold
+     \let\rmfont\bffont
+   \fi
+   \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname
+}%
+
+\def\switchtolsize{%
+   \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lsize}%
+   \ifrmisbold
+     \let\rmfont\bffont
+   \fi
+   \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname
+}%
+
+\def\definefontsetatsize#1#2#3#4#5{%
+\expandafter\def\csname #1fonts\endcsname{%
+  \def\curfontsize{#1}%
+  \def\lsize{#2}\def\lllsize{#3}%
+  \csname rmisbold#5\endcsname
+  \assignfonts{#1}%
+  \resetmathfonts
+  \setleading{#4}%
+}}
+
+\definefontsetatsize{text}   {reduced}{smaller}{\textleading}{false}
+\definefontsetatsize{title}  {chap}   {subsec} {27pt}  {true}
+\definefontsetatsize{chap}   {sec}    {text}   {19pt}  {true}
+\definefontsetatsize{sec}    {subsec} {reduced}{17pt}  {true}
+\definefontsetatsize{ssec}   {text}   {small}  {15pt}  {true}
+\definefontsetatsize{reduced}{small}  {smaller}{10.5pt}{false}
+\definefontsetatsize{small}  {smaller}{smaller}{10.5pt}{false}
+\definefontsetatsize{smaller}{smaller}{smaller}{9.5pt} {false}
+
 \def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
-\def\chapfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
-  \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
-  \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{chap}%
-  \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
-\def\secfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
-  \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
-  \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{sec}%
-  \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
-\def\subsecfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
-  \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
-  \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{ssec}%
-  \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
-\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts
-\def\reducedfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl
-  \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc
-  \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{reduced}%
-  \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
-\def\smallfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
-  \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
-  \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{small}%
-  \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
-\def\smallerfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
-  \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
-  \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
-  \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{smaller}%
-  \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
+\let\subsecfonts = \ssecfonts
+\let\subsubsecfonts = \ssecfonts
+
+% Define these just so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
+\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
+\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
 
 % Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
 \let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
@@ -2354,53 +2600,215 @@ end
 %
 % By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
 %   8.5x11=71  smallbook=60  a4=75  a5=58
-%
-% I wish the USA used A4 paper.
 % --karl, 24jan03.
 
-
 % Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
 %
 \definetextfontsizexi
 
-% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
-\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
-\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
+
+\message{markup,}
+
+% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font.  Since all the
+% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
+% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
+% this property, we can check that font parameter.
+%
+\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
+
+% Markup style infrastructure.  \defmarkupstylesetup\INITMACRO will
+% define and register \INITMACRO to be called on markup style changes.
+% \INITMACRO can check \currentmarkupstyle for the innermost
+% style and the set of \ifmarkupSTYLE switches for all styles
+% currently in effect.
+\newif\ifmarkupvar
+\newif\ifmarkupsamp
+\newif\ifmarkupkey
+%\newif\ifmarkupfile % @file == @samp.
+%\newif\ifmarkupoption % @option == @samp.
+\newif\ifmarkupcode
+\newif\ifmarkupkbd
+%\newif\ifmarkupenv % @env == @code.
+%\newif\ifmarkupcommand % @command == @code.
+\newif\ifmarkuptex % @tex (and part of @math, for now).
+\newif\ifmarkupexample
+\newif\ifmarkupverb
+\newif\ifmarkupverbatim
+
+\let\currentmarkupstyle\empty
+
+\def\setupmarkupstyle#1{%
+  \csname markup#1true\endcsname
+  \def\currentmarkupstyle{#1}%
+  \markupstylesetup
+}
+
+\let\markupstylesetup\empty
+
+\def\defmarkupstylesetup#1{%
+  \expandafter\def\expandafter\markupstylesetup
+    \expandafter{\markupstylesetup #1}%
+  \def#1%
+}
+
+% Markup style setup for left and right quotes.
+\defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuplq{%
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp
+    \csname markupsetuplq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname
+  \ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuplqdefault \else \temp \fi
+}
+
+\defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuprq{%
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp
+    \csname markupsetuprq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname
+  \ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuprqdefault \else \temp \fi
+}
+
+{
+\catcode`\'=\active
+\catcode`\`=\active
+
+\gdef\markupsetuplqdefault{\let`\lq}
+\gdef\markupsetuprqdefault{\let'\rq}
+
+\gdef\markupsetcodequoteleft{\let`\codequoteleft}
+\gdef\markupsetcodequoteright{\let'\codequoteright}
+}
+
+\let\markupsetuplqcode \markupsetcodequoteleft
+\let\markupsetuprqcode \markupsetcodequoteright
+%
+\let\markupsetuplqexample \markupsetcodequoteleft
+\let\markupsetuprqexample \markupsetcodequoteright
+%
+\let\markupsetuplqkbd     \markupsetcodequoteleft
+\let\markupsetuprqkbd     \markupsetcodequoteright
+%
+\let\markupsetuplqsamp \markupsetcodequoteleft
+\let\markupsetuprqsamp \markupsetcodequoteright
+%
+\let\markupsetuplqverb \markupsetcodequoteleft
+\let\markupsetuprqverb \markupsetcodequoteright
+%
+\let\markupsetuplqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteleft
+\let\markupsetuprqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteright
+
+% Allow an option to not use regular directed right quote/apostrophe
+% (char 0x27), but instead the undirected quote from cmtt (char 0x0d).
+% The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it the default, but it
+% works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least evince), the
+% lilypond developers report.  xpdf does work with the regular 0x27.
+%
+\def\codequoteright{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
+      '%
+    \else \char'15 \fi
+  \else \char'15 \fi
+}
+%
+% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent.
+% Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like
+% the code environments to do likewise.
+%
+\def\codequoteleft{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
+      % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
+      % \relax disables Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font.
+      \relax`%
+    \else \char'22 \fi
+  \else \char'22 \fi
+}
+
+% Commands to set the quote options.
+% 
+\parseargdef\codequoteundirected{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\onword
+    \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname
+      = t%
+  \else\ifx\temp\offword
+    \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname
+      = \relax
+  \else
+    \errhelp = \EMsimple
+    \errmessage{Unknown @codequoteundirected value `\temp', must be on|off}%
+  \fi\fi
+}
+%
+\parseargdef\codequotebacktick{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\onword
+    \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname
+      = t%
+  \else\ifx\temp\offword
+    \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname
+      = \relax
+  \else
+    \errhelp = \EMsimple
+    \errmessage{Unknown @codequotebacktick value `\temp', must be on|off}%
+  \fi\fi
+}
+
+% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391, disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font.
+\def\noligaturesquoteleft{\relax\lq}
 
 % Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
 \newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
 
-% Fonts for short table of contents.
-\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}  % no cmb12
-\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
+% Font commands.
 
-%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
-%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
+% #1 is the font command (\sl or \it), #2 is the text to slant.
+% If we are in a monospaced environment, however, 1) always use \ttsl,
+% and 2) do not add an italic correction.
+\def\dosmartslant#1#2{%
+  \ifusingtt 
+    {{\ttsl #2}\let\next=\relax}%
+    {\def\next{{#1#2}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}}%
+  \next
+}
+\def\smartslanted{\dosmartslant\sl}
+\def\smartitalic{\dosmartslant\it}
 
-% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
-% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
-\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else
-                    \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi}
-\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+% Output an italic correction unless \next (presumed to be the following
+% character) is such as not to need one.
+\def\smartitaliccorrection{%
+  \ifx\next,%
+  \else\ifx\next-%
+  \else\ifx\next.%
+  \else\ifx\next\.%
+  \else\ifx\next\comma%
+  \else\ptexslash
+  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+  \aftersmartic
+}
 
-% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl.
-% @var is set to this for defun arguments.
-\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+% Unconditional use \ttsl, and no ic.  @var is set to this for defuns.
+\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}}
 
-% like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl.  We never want
+% @cite is like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl.  We never want
 % ttsl for book titles, do we?
-\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}
+
+\def\aftersmartic{}
+\def\var#1{%
+  \let\saveaftersmartic = \aftersmartic
+  \def\aftersmartic{\null\let\aftersmartic=\saveaftersmartic}%
+  \smartslanted{#1}%
+}
 
 \let\i=\smartitalic
 \let\slanted=\smartslanted
-\let\var=\smartslanted
 \let\dfn=\smartslanted
 \let\emph=\smartitalic
 
-% @b, explicit bold.
+% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
+\def\r#1{{\rm #1}}              % roman font
+\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}}       % smallcaps font
+\def\ii#1{{\it #1}}             % italic font
+
+% @b, explicit bold.  Also @strong.
 \def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
 \let\strong=\b
 
@@ -2420,8 +2828,8 @@ end
 %
 \catcode`@=11
   \def\plainfrenchspacing{%
-    \sfcode\dotChar  =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m
-    \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m
+    \sfcode`\.=\@m \sfcode`\?=\@m \sfcode`\!=\@m
+    \sfcode`\:=\@m \sfcode`\;=\@m \sfcode`\,=\@m
     \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends
   }
   \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{%
@@ -2432,30 +2840,21 @@ end
 \catcode`@=\other
 \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default
 
+% @t, explicit typewriter.
 \def\t#1{%
   {\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}%
   \null
 }
-\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
-\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
-\font\keysy=cmsy9
-\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
-  \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
-    \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
-     \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
-    \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
-  \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
-\def\key #1{{\nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
-% The old definition, with no lozenge:
-%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
-\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
-
-% @file, @option are the same as @samp.
-\let\file=\samp
-\let\option=\samp
-
-% @code is a modification of @t,
-% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text.
+
+% @samp.
+\def\samp#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{samp}\lq\tclose{#1}\rq\null}}
+
+% @indicateurl is \samp, that is, with quotes.
+\let\indicateurl=\samp
+
+% @code (and similar) prints in typewriter, but with spaces the same
+% size as normal in the surrounding text, without hyphenation, etc.
+% This is a subroutine for that.
 \def\tclose#1{%
   {%
     % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
@@ -2474,40 +2873,63 @@ end
     \plainfrenchspacing
     #1%
   }%
-  \null
+  \null % reset spacefactor to 1000
 }
 
 % We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code.
+% (But see \codedashfinish below.)
 % Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
 % in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
-
+%
 % Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
 % both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
 % We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
-% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
-%  -- rms.
+% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. -- rms.
 {
   \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
   \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active
+  \global\let'=\rq \global\let`=\lq  % default definitions
   %
   \global\def\code{\begingroup
-    \catcode\rquoteChar=\active \catcode\lquoteChar=\active
-    \let'\codequoteright \let`\codequoteleft
-    %
+    \setupmarkupstyle{code}%
+    % The following should really be moved into \setupmarkupstyle handlers.
     \catcode\dashChar=\active  \catcode\underChar=\active
     \ifallowcodebreaks
      \let-\codedash
      \let_\codeunder
     \else
-     \let-\realdash
+     \let-\normaldash
      \let_\realunder
     \fi
+    % Given -foo (with a single dash), we do not want to allow a break
+    % after the hyphen.
+    \global\let\codedashprev=\codedash
+    %
     \codex
   }
+  %
+  \gdef\codedash{\futurelet\next\codedashfinish}
+  \gdef\codedashfinish{%
+    \normaldash % always output the dash character itself.
+    % 
+    % Now, output a discretionary to allow a line break, unless
+    % (a) the next character is a -, or
+    % (b) the preceding character is a -.
+    % E.g., given --posix, we do not want to allow a break after either -.
+    % Given --foo-bar, we do want to allow a break between the - and the b.
+    \ifx\next\codedash \else
+      \ifx\codedashprev\codedash 
+      \else \discretionary{}{}{}\fi
+    \fi
+    % we need the space after the = for the case when \next itself is a
+    % space token; it would get swallowed otherwise.  As in @code{- a}.
+    \global\let\codedashprev= \next
+  }
 }
+\def\normaldash{-}
+%
+\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
 
-\def\realdash{-}
-\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
 \def\codeunder{%
   % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work.  In math mode, _
   % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
@@ -2519,13 +2941,12 @@ end
              \discretionary{}{}{}}%
             {\_}%
 }
-\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
 
 % An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g.,
-% each of the four underscores in __typeof__.  This is undesirable in
-% some manuals, especially if they don't have long identifiers in
-% general.  @allowcodebreaks provides a way to control this.
-% 
+% each of the four underscores in __typeof__.  This is bad.
+% @allowcodebreaks provides a document-level way to turn breaking at -
+% and _ on and off.
+%
 \newif\ifallowcodebreaks  \allowcodebreakstrue
 
 \def\keywordtrue{true}
@@ -2539,82 +2960,148 @@ end
     \allowcodebreaksfalse
   \else
     \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg'}%
+    \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg', must be true|false}%
   \fi\fi
 }
 
-% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
-% then @kbd has no effect.
-
-% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
-%   `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
-%   or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
-\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
-  \def\txiarg{#1}%
-  \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct
-    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
-  \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample
-    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
-  \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode
-    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
-  \else
-    \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\txiarg'}%
-  \fi\fi\fi
-}
-\def\worddistinct{distinct}
-\def\wordexample{example}
-\def\wordcode{code}
-
-% Default is `distinct.'
-\kbdinputstyle distinct
-
-\def\xkey{\key}
-\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
-\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
-\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi
-\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi}
-
-% For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
-\let\indicateurl=\code
-\let\env=\code
+% For @command, @env, @file, @option quotes seem unnecessary,
+% so use \code rather than \samp.
 \let\command=\code
-
-% @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...}
-\def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup}
-
-% @clickstyle @arrow   (by default)
-\parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}}
-\def\click{\arrow}
-
-% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
-% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
-% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
-% itself.  First (mandatory) arg is the url.  Perhaps eventually put in
-% a hypertex \special here.
-%
-\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish}
-\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
+\let\env=\code
+\let\file=\code
+\let\option=\code
+
+% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') aka @url takes an optional
+% (comma-separated) second argument specifying the text to display and
+% an optional third arg as text to display instead of (rather than in
+% addition to) the url itself.  First (mandatory) arg is the url.
+
+% TeX-only option to allow changing PDF output to show only the second
+% arg (if given), and not the url (which is then just the link target).
+\newif\ifurefurlonlylink
+
+% The main macro is \urefbreak, which allows breaking at expected
+% places within the url.  (There used to be another version, which
+% didn't support automatic breaking.)
+\def\urefbreak{\begingroup \urefcatcodes \dourefbreak}
+\let\uref=\urefbreak
+%
+\def\dourefbreak#1{\urefbreakfinish #1,,,\finish}
+\def\urefbreakfinish#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% doesn't work in @example
   \unsepspaces
   \pdfurl{#1}%
   \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
   \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
     \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
   \else
-    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% look for second arg
     \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
       \ifpdf
-        \unhbox0             % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
+        % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX
+        \ifurefurlonlylink
+          % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg
+          \unhbox0             
+        \else
+          % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency,
+          % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc.
+          \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})%
+        \fi
       \else
-        \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
+        \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+          \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% DVI, always show arg and url
+        \else
+          % For XeTeX
+          \ifurefurlonlylink
+            % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg
+            \unhbox0             
+          \else
+            % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency,
+            % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc.
+            \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})%
+          \fi
+        \fi
       \fi
     \else
-      \code{#1}% only url given, so show it
+      \urefcode{#1}% only url given, so show it
     \fi
   \fi
   \endlink
 \endgroup}
 
+% Allow line breaks around only a few characters (only).
+\def\urefcatcodes{%
+  \catcode`\&=\active \catcode`\.=\active
+  \catcode`\#=\active \catcode`\?=\active
+  \catcode`\/=\active
+}
+{
+  \urefcatcodes
+  %
+  \global\def\urefcode{\begingroup
+    \setupmarkupstyle{code}%
+    \urefcatcodes
+    \let&\urefcodeamp
+    \let.\urefcodedot
+    \let#\urefcodehash
+    \let?\urefcodequest
+    \let/\urefcodeslash
+    \codex
+  }
+  %
+  % By default, they are just regular characters.
+  \global\def&{\normalamp}
+  \global\def.{\normaldot}
+  \global\def#{\normalhash}
+  \global\def?{\normalquest}
+  \global\def/{\normalslash}
+}
+
+% we put a little stretch before and after the breakable chars, to help
+% line breaking of long url's.  The unequal skips make look better in
+% cmtt at least, especially for dots.
+\def\urefprestretchamount{.13em}
+\def\urefpoststretchamount{.1em}
+\def\urefprestretch{\urefprebreak \hskip0pt plus\urefprestretchamount\relax}
+\def\urefpoststretch{\urefpostbreak \hskip0pt plus\urefprestretchamount\relax}
+%
+\def\urefcodeamp{\urefprestretch \&\urefpoststretch}
+\def\urefcodedot{\urefprestretch .\urefpoststretch}
+\def\urefcodehash{\urefprestretch \#\urefpoststretch}
+\def\urefcodequest{\urefprestretch ?\urefpoststretch}
+\def\urefcodeslash{\futurelet\next\urefcodeslashfinish}
+{
+  \catcode`\/=\active
+  \global\def\urefcodeslashfinish{%
+    \urefprestretch \slashChar
+    % Allow line break only after the final / in a sequence of
+    % slashes, to avoid line break between the slashes in http://.
+    \ifx\next/\else \urefpoststretch \fi
+  }
+}
+
+% One more complication: by default we'll break after the special
+% characters, but some people like to break before the special chars, so
+% allow that.  Also allow no breaking at all, for manual control.
+% 
+\parseargdef\urefbreakstyle{%
+  \def\txiarg{#1}%
+  \ifx\txiarg\wordnone
+    \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
+  \else\ifx\txiarg\wordbefore
+    \def\urefprebreak{\allowbreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
+  \else\ifx\txiarg\wordafter
+    \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\allowbreak}
+  \else
+    \errhelp = \EMsimple
+    \errmessage{Unknown @urefbreakstyle setting `\txiarg'}%
+  \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\wordafter{after}
+\def\wordbefore{before}
+\def\wordnone{none}
+
+\urefbreakstyle after
+
 % @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it.
 %
 \let\url=\uref
@@ -2633,49 +3120,103 @@ end
     \endlink
   \endgroup}
 \else
-  \let\email=\uref
+  \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+    \let\email=\uref
+  \else
+    \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
+    \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
+      \unsepspaces
+      \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+      \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
+      \endlink
+    \endgroup}
+  \fi
 \fi
 
-% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font.  Since all the
-% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
-% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
-% this property, we can check that font parameter.
-%
-\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
+% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
+%   `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
+%   or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
+\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
+  \def\txiarg{#1}%
+  \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct
+    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
+  \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample
+    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+  \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode
+    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+  \else
+    \errhelp = \EMsimple
+    \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle setting `\txiarg'}%
+  \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\worddistinct{distinct}
+\def\wordexample{example}
+\def\wordcode{code}
+
+% Default is `distinct'.
+\kbdinputstyle distinct
+
+% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
+% then @kbd has no effect.
+\def\kbd#1{{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdsub\look??\par}}
+
+\def\xkey{\key}
+\def\kbdsub#1#2#3\par{%
+  \def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
+  \ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
+  \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi
+  \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi
+}
+
+% definition of @key that produces a lozenge.  Doesn't adjust to text size.
+%\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+%\font\keysy=cmsy9
+%\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
+%  \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
+%    \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
+%     \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
+%    \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
+%  \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
+
+% definition of @key with no lozenge.  If the current font is already
+% monospace, don't change it; that way, we respect @kbdinputstyle.  But
+% if it isn't monospace, then use \tt.
+%
+\def\key#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{key}%
+  \nohyphenation
+  \ifmonospace\else\tt\fi
+  #1}\null}
+
+% @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...}
+\def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup}
+
+% @clickstyle @arrow   (by default)
+\parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}}
+\def\click{\arrow}
 
 % Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'.  The only reason for the
 % argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
 %
 \def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
 
-\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}
-
-% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
-% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find.  We need it for
-% Polish suppressed-l.  --karl, 22sep96.
-%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
-
-% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
-\def\r#1{{\rm #1}}              % roman font
-\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}}       % smallcaps font
-\def\ii#1{{\it #1}}             % italic font
-
 % @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like.
 % We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for
 % all-uppercase.
-% 
+%
 \def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
 \def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
-  {\selectfonts\lsize #1}%
+  {\switchtolsize #1}%
   \def\temp{#2}%
   \ifx\temp\empty \else
     \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
   \fi
+  \null % reset \spacefactor=1000
 }
 
 % @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like.
 % No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing.
-% 
+%
 \def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish}
 \def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{%
   {\plainfrenchspacing #1}%
@@ -2683,8 +3224,288 @@ end
   \ifx\temp\empty \else
     \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
   \fi
+  \null % reset \spacefactor=1000
+}
+
+% @asis just yields its argument.  Used with @table, for example.
+%
+\def\asis#1{#1}
+
+% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
+%
+% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
+% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}.  So make
+% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
+% which is what @var uses.
+{
+  \catcode`\_ = \active
+  \gdef\mathunderscore{%
+    \catcode`\_=\active
+    \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
+  }
+}
+% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a math (or tt) \.
+% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (for no
+% particular reason), but this is not advertised and we don't care.
+%
+% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
+\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
+%
+\def\math{%
+  \ifmmode\else % only go into math if not in math mode already
+    \tex
+    \mathunderscore
+    \let\\ = \mathbackslash
+    \mathactive
+    % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode
+    \let\"=\ddot
+    \let\'=\acute
+    \let\==\bar
+    \let\^=\hat
+    \let\`=\grave
+    \let\u=\breve
+    \let\v=\check
+    \let\~=\tilde
+    \let\dotaccent=\dot
+    % have to provide another name for sup operator
+    \let\mathopsup=\sup
+  $\expandafter\finishmath\fi
+}
+\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup}  % Close the group opened by \tex.
+
+% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
+% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
+% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
+%
+{
+  \catcode`^ = \active
+  \catcode`< = \active
+  \catcode`> = \active
+  \catcode`+ = \active
+  \catcode`' = \active
+  \gdef\mathactive{%
+    \let^ = \ptexhat
+    \let< = \ptexless
+    \let> = \ptexgtr
+    \let+ = \ptexplus
+    \let' = \ptexquoteright
+  }
+}
+
+% for @sub and @sup, if in math mode, just do a normal sub/superscript.
+% If in text, use math to place as sub/superscript, but switch
+% into text mode, with smaller fonts.  This is a different font than the
+% one used for real math sub/superscripts (8pt vs. 7pt), but let's not
+% fix it (significant additions to font machinery) until someone notices.
+%
+\def\sub{\ifmmode \expandafter\sb \else \expandafter\finishsub\fi}
+\def\finishsub#1{$\sb{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}%
+%
+\def\sup{\ifmmode \expandafter\ptexsp \else \expandafter\finishsup\fi}
+\def\finishsup#1{$\ptexsp{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}%
+
+% @inlinefmt{FMTNAME,PROCESSED-TEXT} and @inlineraw{FMTNAME,RAW-TEXT}.
+% Ignore unless FMTNAME == tex; then it is like @iftex and @tex,
+% except specified as a normal braced arg, so no newlines to worry about.
+% 
+\def\outfmtnametex{tex}
+%
+\long\def\inlinefmt#1{\doinlinefmt #1,\finish}
+\long\def\doinlinefmt#1,#2,\finish{%
+  \def\inlinefmtname{#1}%
+  \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi
+}
+% 
+% @inlinefmtifelse{FMTNAME,THEN-TEXT,ELSE-TEXT} expands THEN-TEXT if
+% FMTNAME is tex, else ELSE-TEXT.
+\long\def\inlinefmtifelse#1{\doinlinefmtifelse #1,,,\finish}
+\long\def\doinlinefmtifelse#1,#2,#3,#4,\finish{%
+  \def\inlinefmtname{#1}%
+  \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\else \ignorespaces #3\fi
+}
+%
+% For raw, must switch into @tex before parsing the argument, to avoid
+% setting catcodes prematurely.  Doing it this way means that, for
+% example, @inlineraw{html, foo{bar} gets a parse error instead of being
+% ignored.  But this isn't important because if people want a literal
+% *right* brace they would have to use a command anyway, so they may as
+% well use a command to get a left brace too.  We could re-use the
+% delimiter character idea from \verb, but it seems like overkill.
+% 
+\long\def\inlineraw{\tex \doinlineraw}
+\long\def\doinlineraw#1{\doinlinerawtwo #1,\finish}
+\def\doinlinerawtwo#1,#2,\finish{%
+  \def\inlinerawname{#1}%
+  \ifx\inlinerawname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi
+  \endgroup % close group opened by \tex.
+}
+
+% @inlineifset{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is @set.
+%
+\long\def\inlineifset#1{\doinlineifset #1,\finish}
+\long\def\doinlineifset#1,#2,\finish{%
+  \def\inlinevarname{#1}%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax
+  \else\ignorespaces#2\fi
+}
+
+% @inlineifclear{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is not @set.
+%
+\long\def\inlineifclear#1{\doinlineifclear #1,\finish}
+\long\def\doinlineifclear#1,#2,\finish{%
+  \def\inlinevarname{#1}%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax \ignorespaces#2\fi
+}
+
+
+\message{glyphs,}
+% and logos.
+
+% @@ prints an @, as does @atchar{}.
+\def\@{\char64 }
+\let\atchar=\@
+
+% @{ @} @lbracechar{} @rbracechar{} all generate brace characters.
+\def\lbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char123\else\ensuremath\lbrace\fi}}
+\def\rbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char125\else\ensuremath\rbrace\fi}}
+\let\{=\lbracechar
+\let\}=\rbracechar
+
+% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
+\let\comma = ,
+
+% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
+% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
+\let\, = \ptexc
+\let\dotaccent = \ptexdot
+\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
+\let\tieaccent = \ptext
+\let\ubaraccent = \ptexb
+\let\udotaccent = \d
+
+% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm
+% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
+\def\questiondown{?`}
+\def\exclamdown{!`}
+\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{a}}}
+\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{o}}}
+
+% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
+\def\imacro{i}
+\def\jmacro{j}
+\def\dotless#1{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi
+  \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi
+  \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
+  \fi\fi
+}
+
+% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
+% period following counts as ending a sentence.  (Idea found in latex.)
+%
+\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 }
+
+% @LaTeX{} logo.  Not quite the same results as the definition in
+% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
+% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
+% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
+% \scriptscriptstyle).
+%
+\def\LaTeX{%
+  L\kern-.36em
+  {\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
+   \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{%
+     \ifx\textnominalsize\xwordpt
+       % for 10pt running text, lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX.
+       % Revert to plain's \scriptsize, which is 7pt.
+       \count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$%
+     \else
+       % For 11pt, we can use our lllsize.
+       \switchtolllsize A%
+     \fi
+     }%
+     \vss
+  }}%
+  \kern-.15em
+  \TeX
+}
+
+% Some math mode symbols.  Define \ensuremath to switch into math mode
+% unless we are already there.  Expansion tricks may not be needed here,
+% but safer, and can't hurt.
+\def\ensuremath{\ifmmode \expandafter\asis \else\expandafter\ensuredmath \fi}
+\def\ensuredmath#1{$\relax#1$}
+%
+\def\bullet{\ensuremath\ptexbullet}
+\def\geq{\ensuremath\ge}
+\def\leq{\ensuremath\le}
+\def\minus{\ensuremath-}
+
+% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
+% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm
+% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand,
+% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em.  So do
+% whichever is larger.
+%
+\def\dots{%
+  \leavevmode
+  \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods
+  \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em
+    \dimen0 = \wd0
+  \else
+    \dimen0 = 1.5em
+  \fi
+  \hbox to \dimen0{%
+    \hskip 0pt plus.25fil
+    .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
+    .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
+    .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil
+  }%
 }
 
+% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
+%
+\def\enddots{%
+  \dots
+  \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor
+}
+
+% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
+%
+% Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of
+% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
+%
+\def\point{$\star$}
+\def\arrow{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\rightarrow$\hfil}}
+\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
+\def\expansion{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
+\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
+\def\equiv{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
+
+% The @error{} command.
+% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
+%
+\newbox\errorbox
+%
+{\ttfont \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
+\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
+% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
+\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf \putworderror\kern-1.5pt}
+%
+\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
+   \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
+   \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
+   \vbox{%
+      \hrule height\dimen2
+      \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt          % Space to left of text.
+         \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
+         \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
+      \hrule height\dimen2}
+    \hfil}
+%
+\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
+
 % @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font.
 %
 \def\pounds{{\it\$}}
@@ -2694,52 +3515,59 @@ end
 % Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and
 % "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need).
 % It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym.
-% 
+%
 % Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore
 % that.  The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular
 % font height.
-% 
+%
 % feymr - regular
 % feymo - slanted
 % feybr - bold
 % feybo - bold slanted
-% 
+%
 % There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge.
 % A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide.
 % Hmm.
-% 
+%
 % Also doesn't work in math.  Do we need to do math with euro symbols?
 % Hope not.
-% 
-% 
+%
+%
 \def\euro{{\eurofont e}}
 \def\eurofont{%
   % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in
   % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that
   % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the
   % font installed.
-  % 
+  %
   % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale
   % that to the current nominal size.
-  % 
+  %
   % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but
   % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts.
-  % 
+  %
   \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
   %
-  \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename 
+  \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
     % bold:
     \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize
-  \else 
+  \else
     % regular:
     \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize
   \fi
   \thiseurofont
 }
 
-% Hacks for glyphs from the EC fonts similar to \euro.  We don't
-% use \let for the aliases, because sometimes we redefine the original
-% macro, and the alias should reflect the redefinition.
+% Glyphs from the EC fonts.  We don't use \let for the aliases, because
+% sometimes we redefine the original macro, and the alias should reflect
+% the redefinition.
+%
+% Use LaTeX names for the Icelandic letters.
+\def\DH{{\ecfont \char"D0}} % Eth
+\def\dh{{\ecfont \char"F0}} % eth
+\def\TH{{\ecfont \char"DE}} % Thorn
+\def\th{{\ecfont \char"FE}} % thorn
+%
 \def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}}
 \def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft}
 \def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}}
@@ -2749,19 +3577,59 @@ end
 \def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}}
 \def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}}
 %
-\def\ecfont{%
-  % We can't distinguish serif/sanserif and italic/slanted, but this
+% This positioning is not perfect (see the ogonek LaTeX package), but
+% we have the precomposed glyphs for the most common cases.  We put the
+% tests to use those glyphs in the single \ogonek macro so we have fewer
+% dummy definitions to worry about for index entries, etc.
+%
+% ogonek is also used with other letters in Lithuanian (IOU), but using
+% the precomposed glyphs for those is not so easy since they aren't in
+% the same EC font.
+\def\ogonek#1{{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\macrocharA\Aogonek
+  \else\ifx\temp\macrochara\aogonek
+  \else\ifx\temp\macrocharE\Eogonek
+  \else\ifx\temp\macrochare\eogonek
+  \else
+    \ecfont \setbox0=\hbox{#1}%
+    \ifdim\ht0=1ex\accent"0C #1%
+    \else\ooalign{\unhbox0\crcr\hidewidth\char"0C \hidewidth}%
+    \fi
+  \fi\fi\fi\fi
+  }%
+}
+\def\Aogonek{{\ecfont \char"81}}\def\macrocharA{A}
+\def\aogonek{{\ecfont \char"A1}}\def\macrochara{a}
+\def\Eogonek{{\ecfont \char"86}}\def\macrocharE{E}
+\def\eogonek{{\ecfont \char"A6}}\def\macrochare{e}
+%
+% Use the European Computer Modern fonts (cm-super in outline format)
+% for non-CM glyphs.  That is ec* for regular text and tc* for the text
+% companion symbols (LaTeX TS1 encoding).  Both are part of the ec
+% package and follow the same conventions.
+% 
+\def\ecfont{\etcfont{e}}
+\def\tcfont{\etcfont{t}}
+%
+\def\etcfont#1{%
+  % We can't distinguish serif/sans and italic/slanted, but this
   % is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German
   % quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so
   % hopefully nobody will notice/care.
   \edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}%
   \edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
-  \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
-    % bold:
-    \font\thisecfont = ecb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
+  \ifmonospace
+    % typewriter:
+    \font\thisecfont = #1ctt\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
   \else
-    % regular:
-    \font\thisecfont = ec\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
+    \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
+      % bold:
+      \font\thisecfont = #1cb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
+    \else
+      % regular:
+      \font\thisecfont = #1c\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
+    \fi
   \fi
   \thisecfont
 }
@@ -2771,7 +3639,7 @@ end
 % Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
 %
 \def\registeredsymbol{%
-  $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}%
+  $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize R}%
                \hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
     }$%
 }
@@ -2783,8 +3651,8 @@ end
 % Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with:
 %  Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14)  (68K)  16 APR 2004 02:38
 % so we'll define it if necessary.
-% 
-\ifx\Orb\undefined
+%
+\ifx\Orb\thisisundefined
 \def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D}
 \fi
 
@@ -2804,16 +3672,20 @@ end
 \newif\ifseenauthor
 \newif\iffinishedtitlepage
 
-% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the
-% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage.
-%
-\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
- \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
-\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
- \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
-
-\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
-        \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
+% @setcontentsaftertitlepage used to do an implicit @contents or
+% @shortcontents after @end titlepage, but it is now obsolete.
+\def\setcontentsaftertitlepage{%
+  \errmessage{@setcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo
+              command; move your @contents command if you want the contents
+              after the title page.}}%
+\def\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage{%
+  \errmessage{@setshortcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo
+              command; move your @shortcontents and @contents commands if you 
+              want the contents after the title page.}}%
+
+\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{%
+  \begingroup \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
+  \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
 
 \envdef\titlepage{%
   % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage.
@@ -2851,20 +3723,6 @@ end
   % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
   % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
   \HEADINGSon
-  %
-  % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
-  \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
-    \shortcontents
-    \contents
-    \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
-    \global\let\contents = \relax
-  \fi
-  %
-  \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
-    \contents
-    \global\let\contents = \relax
-    \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
-  \fi
 }
 
 \def\finishtitlepage{%
@@ -2873,17 +3731,27 @@ end
   \finishedtitlepagetrue
 }
 
-%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
+% Settings used for typesetting titles: no hyphenation, no indentation,
+% don't worry much about spacing, ragged right.  This should be used
+% inside a \vbox, and fonts need to be set appropriately first. \par should
+% be specified before the end of the \vbox, since a vbox is a group.
+% 
+\def\raggedtitlesettings{%
+  \rm
+  \hyphenpenalty=10000
+  \parindent=0pt
+  \tolerance=5000
+  \ptexraggedright
+}
+
+% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
 
-\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
+\let\subtitlerm=\rmfont
 \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
 
-\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines
-		\let\tt=\authortt}
-
 \parseargdef\title{%
   \checkenv\titlepage
-  \leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1}
+  \vbox{\titlefonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}%
   % print a rule at the page bottom also.
   \finishedtitlepagefalse
   \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt
@@ -2904,12 +3772,12 @@ end
   \else
     \checkenv\titlepage
     \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
-    {\authorfont \leftline{#1}}%
+    {\secfonts\rm \leftline{#1}}%
   \fi
 }
 
 
-%%% Set up page headings and footings.
+% Set up page headings and footings.
 
 \let\thispage=\folio
 
@@ -2918,7 +3786,7 @@ end
 \newtoks\evenfootline    % footline on even pages
 \newtoks\oddfootline     % footline on odd pages
 
-% Now make TeX use those variables
+% Now make \makeheadline and \makefootline in Plain TeX use those variables
 \headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
                             \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
 \footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
@@ -2957,7 +3825,7 @@ end
   %
   % Leave some space for the footline.  Hopefully ok to assume
   % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
-  \global\advance\pageheight by -12pt
+  \global\advance\txipageheight by -12pt
   \global\advance\vsize by -12pt
 }
 
@@ -2974,13 +3842,17 @@ end
 % @everyheadingmarks
 % @everyfootingmarks
 
+% These define \getoddheadingmarks, \getevenheadingmarks,
+% \getoddfootingmarks, and \getevenfootingmarks, each to one of
+% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks.
+%
 \def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}}
 \def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}}
 \def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}}
 \def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}}
-\def\everyheadingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1}
+\parseargdef\everyheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1}
                           \headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} }
-\def\everyfootingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1}
+\parseargdef\everyfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1}
                           \headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} }
 % #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom.
 \def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {%
@@ -3001,12 +3873,16 @@ end
 % By default, they are off at the start of a document,
 % and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
 
-\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
+\parseargdef\headings{\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
+
+\def\headingsoff{% non-global headings elimination
+  \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}%
+   \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}%
+}
+
+\def\HEADINGSoff{{\globaldefs=1 \headingsoff}} % global setting
+\HEADINGSoff  % it's the default
 
-\def\HEADINGSoff{%
-\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
-\HEADINGSoff
 % When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
 % For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
 % chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
@@ -3017,7 +3893,7 @@ end
 \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
 \global\oddfootline={\hfil}
 \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
 }
 \let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
@@ -3028,8 +3904,8 @@ end
 \global\pageno=1
 \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
 \global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
 }
 \def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
@@ -3040,7 +3916,7 @@ end
 \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
 \global\oddfootline={\hfil}
 \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
 }
 
@@ -3048,8 +3924,8 @@ end
 \def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
 \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
 \global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
 }
 
@@ -3057,7 +3933,7 @@ end
 % This produces Day Month Year style of output.
 % Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
 % up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
-\ifx\today\undefined
+\ifx\today\thisisundefined
 \def\today{%
   \number\day\space
   \ifcase\month
@@ -3118,7 +3994,7 @@ end
     \begingroup
       \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
       \advance\hsize by\tableindent
-      \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil
+      \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil\relax
       \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
     \endgroup
     %
@@ -3132,7 +4008,7 @@ end
     % cause the example and the item to crash together.  So we use this
     % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert
     % \parskip glue after all.  Section titles are handled this way also.
-    % 
+    %
     \penalty 10001
     \endgroup
     \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
@@ -3226,9 +4102,18 @@ end
   \parindent=0pt
   \parskip=\smallskipamount
   \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
+  %
+  % Try typesetting the item mark so that if the document erroneously says
+  % something like @itemize @samp (intending @table), there's an error
+  % right away at the @itemize.  It's not the best error message in the
+  % world, but it's better than leaving it to the @item.  This means if
+  % the user wants an empty mark, they have to say @w{} not just @w.
   \def\itemcontents{#1}%
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\itemcontents}%
+  %
   % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
   \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
+  %
   \let\item=\itemizeitem
 }
 
@@ -3249,7 +4134,13 @@ end
    \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi
    \noindent
    \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
-   \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item.
+   %
+   \ifinner\else
+     \vadjust{\penalty 1200}% not good to break after first line of item.
+   \fi
+   % We can be in inner vertical mode in a footnote, although an
+   % @itemize looks awful there.
+  }%
   \flushcr
 }
 
@@ -3467,15 +4358,26 @@ end
 }
 
 % multitable-only commands.
+% 
+% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold.  Assignments
+% have to be global since we are inside the implicit group of an
+% alignment entry.  \everycr below resets \everytab so we don't have to
+% undo it ourselves.
+\def\headitemfont{\b}% for people to use in the template row; not changeable
+\def\headitem{%
+  \checkenv\multitable
+  \crcr
+  \gdef\headitemcrhook{\nobreak}% attempt to avoid page break after headings
+  \global\everytab={\bf}% can't use \headitemfont since the parsing differs
+  \the\everytab % for the first item
+}%
 %
-% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold.
-% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group
-% of an alignment entry.  Note that \everycr resets \everytab.
-\def\headitem{\checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}%
+% default for tables with no headings.
+\let\headitemcrhook=\relax
 %
 % A \tab used to include \hskip1sp.  But then the space in a template
 % line is not enough.  That is bad.  So let's go back to just `&' until
-% we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again.
+% we again encounter the problem the 1sp was intended to solve.
 %					--karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
 \def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}%
 
@@ -3503,15 +4405,15 @@ end
   %
   \everycr = {%
     \noalign{%
-      \global\everytab={}%
+      \global\everytab={}% Reset from possible headitem.
       \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter.
-      % Check for saved footnotes, etc.
+      %
+      % Check for saved footnotes, etc.:
       \checkinserts
-      % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
-      %\filbreak
-	% Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the
-	% table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better?  Wait until the
-	% problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
+      %
+      % Perhaps a \nobreak, then reset:
+      \headitemcrhook
+      \global\let\headitemcrhook=\relax
     }%
   }%
   %
@@ -3587,18 +4489,18 @@ end
 \setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
 \global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
 \fi
-%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
-%% table. If not, do nothing.
-%%        If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
+% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
+% table. If not, do nothing.
+%        If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
 \ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
 \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
-                                      %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt % to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+                                      % than skip between lines in the table.
 \fi%
 \ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
 \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
-                                      %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt % to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+                                      % than skip between lines in the table.
 \fi}
 
 
@@ -3750,7 +4652,7 @@ end
 \def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx}
 \def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
 {
-  \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active
+  \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
   %
   \gdef\makevalueexpandable{%
     \let\value = \expandablevalue
@@ -3759,7 +4661,7 @@ end
     % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if
     % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though.
     % So \let them to their normal equivalents.
-    \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore
+    \let-\normaldash \let_\normalunderscore
   }
 }
 
@@ -3770,7 +4672,12 @@ end
 % variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain
 % it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work
 % to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
-%
+% 
+% Unfortunately, this has the consequence that when _ is in the *value*
+% of an @set, it does not print properly in the roman fonts (get the cmr
+% dot accent at position 126 instead).  No fix comes to mind, and it's
+% been this way since 2003 or earlier, so just ignore it.
+% 
 \def\expandablevalue#1{%
   \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
     {[No value for ``#1'']}%
@@ -3780,10 +4687,36 @@ end
   \fi
 }
 
+% Like \expandablevalue, but completely expandable (the \message in the
+% definition above operates at the execution level of TeX).  Used when
+% writing to auxiliary files, due to the expansion that \write does.
+% If flag is undefined, pass through an unexpanded @value command: maybe it 
+% will be set by the time it is read back in.
+%
+% NB flag names containing - or _ may not work here.
+\def\dummyvalue#1{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+    \noexpand\value{#1}%
+  \else
+    \csname SET#1\endcsname
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Used for @value's in index entries to form the sort key: expand the @value
+% if possible, otherwise sort late.
+\def\indexnofontsvalue#1{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+    ZZZZZZZ
+  \else
+    \csname SET#1\endcsname
+  \fi
+}
+
 % @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
 % with @set.
-%
-% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine.
+% 
+% To get the special treatment we need for `@end ifset,' we call
+% \makecond and then redefine.
 %
 \makecond{ifset}
 \def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}}
@@ -3799,7 +4732,7 @@ end
 }
 \def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}}
 
-% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
+% @ifclear VAR ... @end executes the `...' iff VAR has never been
 % defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
 %
 % The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the
@@ -3810,6 +4743,35 @@ end
 \def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}}
 \def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
 
+% @ifcommandisdefined CMD ... @end executes the `...' if CMD (written
+% without the @) is in fact defined.  We can only feasibly check at the
+% TeX level, so something like `mathcode' is going to considered
+% defined even though it is not a Texinfo command.
+% 
+\makecond{ifcommanddefined}
+\def\ifcommanddefined{\parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\let\next=\ifcmddefinedfail}}}
+%
+\def\doifcmddefined#1#2{{%
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \let\next=\empty
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname #2\endcsname\relax
+      #1% If not defined, \let\next as above.
+    \fi
+    \expandafter
+  }\next
+}
+\def\ifcmddefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommanddefined}}
+
+% @ifcommandnotdefined CMD ... handled similar to @ifclear above.
+\makecond{ifcommandnotdefined}
+\def\ifcommandnotdefined{%
+  \parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\else \let\next=\ifcmdnotdefinedfail}}}
+\def\ifcmdnotdefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommandnotdefined}}
+
+% Set the `txicommandconditionals' variable, so documents have a way to
+% test if the @ifcommand...defined conditionals are available.
+\set txicommandconditionals
+
 % @dircategory CATEGORY  -- specify a category of the dir file
 % which this file should belong to.  Ignore this in TeX.
 \let\dircategory=\comment
@@ -3825,19 +4787,16 @@ end
 % except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's.
 \edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}}
 
-% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
-% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
-% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
-% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
-% the file that accumulates this index.  The file's extension is foo.
+% \newindex {foo} defines an index named IX.
+% It automatically defines \IXindex such that
+% \IXindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index IX.
+% It also defines \IXindfile to be the number of the output channel for
+% the file that accumulates this index.  The file's extension is IX.
 % The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
 % for the sake of vms.
 %
 \def\newindex#1{%
-  \iflinks
-    \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
-    \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
-  \fi
+  \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0
   \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%     % Define @#1index
     \noexpand\doindex{#1}}
 }
@@ -3851,14 +4810,19 @@ end
 \def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
 %
 \def\newcodeindex#1{%
-  \iflinks
-    \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
-    \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
-  \fi
+  \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0
   \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
     \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
 }
 
+% The default indices:
+\newindex{cp}%      concepts,
+\newcodeindex{fn}%  functions,
+\newcodeindex{vr}%  variables,
+\newcodeindex{tp}%  types,
+\newcodeindex{ky}%  keys
+\newcodeindex{pg}%  and programs.
+
 
 % @synindex foo bar    makes index foo feed into index bar.
 % Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
@@ -3872,14 +4836,7 @@ end
 % #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
 % #3 the target index (bar).
 \def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
-  % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
-  % closing the target index.
-  \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined
-    % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
-    % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
-    \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
-    \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
-  \fi
+  \requireopenindexfile{#3}%
   % redefine \fooindfile:
   \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
   \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
@@ -3887,125 +4844,97 @@ end
   \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
 }
 
-% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
+% Define \doindex, the driver for all index macros.
 % Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
-%  and it is "foo", the name of the index.
-
-% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work.
-% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros.
+% and it is the two-letter name of the index.
 
-% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
-% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
-
-\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer}
-\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
+\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\doindexxxx}
+\def\doindexxxx #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
 
 % like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
-\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
-\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
+\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\docodeindexxxx}
+\def\docodeindexxxx #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
 
-% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
-% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't,
-% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't.
+
+% Used when writing an index entry out to an index file to prevent
+% expansion of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
 %
 \def\indexdummies{%
   \escapechar = `\\     % use backslash in output files.
-  \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files.
-  \def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
-  %
-  % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
-  % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
-  % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
-  \let\{ = \mylbrace
-  \let\} = \myrbrace
-  %
-  % I don't entirely understand this, but when an index entry is
-  % generated from a macro call, the \endinput which \scanmacro inserts
-  % causes processing to be prematurely terminated.  This is,
-  % apparently, because \indexsorttmp is fully expanded, and \endinput
-  % is an expandable command.  The redefinition below makes \endinput
-  % disappear altogether for that purpose -- although logging shows that
-  % processing continues to some further point.  On the other hand, it
-  % seems \endinput does not hurt in the printed index arg, since that
-  % is still getting written without apparent harm.
-  % 
-  % Sample source (mac-idx3.tex, reported by Graham Percival to
-  % help-texinfo, 22may06):
-  % @macro funindex {WORD}
-  % @findex xyz
-  % @end macro
-  % ...
-  % @funindex commtest
-  % 
-  % The above is not enough to reproduce the bug, but it gives the flavor.
-  % 
-  % Sample whatsit resulting:
-  % .@write3{\entry{xyz}{@folio }{@code {xyz@endinput }}}
-  % 
-  % So:
-  \let\endinput = \empty
+  \definedummyletter\@%
+  \definedummyletter\ %
+  %
+  % For texindex which always views { and } as separators.
+  \def\{{\lbracechar{}}%
+  \def\}{\rbracechar{}}%
   %
   % Do the redefinitions.
-  \commondummies
+  \definedummies
 }
 
-% For the aux and toc files, @ is the escape character.  So we want to
-% redefine everything using @ as the escape character (instead of
-% \realbackslash, still used for index files).  When everything uses @,
-% this will be simpler.
+% Used for the aux and toc files, where @ is the escape character.
 %
 \def\atdummies{%
-  \def\@{@@}%
-  \def\ {@ }%
-  \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd
-  \let\} = \rbraceatcmd
+  \definedummyletter\@%
+  \definedummyletter\ %
+  \definedummyletter\{%
+  \definedummyletter\}%
   %
   % Do the redefinitions.
-  \commondummies
+  \definedummies
   \otherbackslash
 }
 
-% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies.
+% \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
+% preventing its expansion.  This is used only for control words,
+% not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
+% control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
+% from whatever follows.
 %
-\def\commondummies{%
-  %
-  % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
-  % preventing its expansion.  This is used only for control% words,
-  % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
-  % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
-  % from whatever follows.
-  %
-  % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
-  % space.
-  %
-  % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
-  % those that do not.  If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
-  % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
-  %
-  \def\definedummyword  ##1{\def##1{\string##1\space}}%
-  \def\definedummyletter##1{\def##1{\string##1}}%
-  \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
+% These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
+% those that do not.  If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
+% that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
+%
+% For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
+% space.
+%
+\def\definedummyword  #1{\def#1{\string#1\space}}%
+\def\definedummyletter#1{\def#1{\string#1}}%
+\let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
+
+% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies, to effectively prevent
+% the expansion of commands.
+%
+\def\definedummies{%
   %
+  \let\commondummyword\definedummyword
+  \let\commondummyletter\definedummyletter
+  \let\commondummyaccent\definedummyaccent
   \commondummiesnofonts
   %
   \definedummyletter\_%
+  \definedummyletter\-%
   %
   % Non-English letters.
   \definedummyword\AA
   \definedummyword\AE
+  \definedummyword\DH
   \definedummyword\L
-  \definedummyword\OE
   \definedummyword\O
+  \definedummyword\OE
+  \definedummyword\TH
   \definedummyword\aa
   \definedummyword\ae
+  \definedummyword\dh
+  \definedummyword\exclamdown
   \definedummyword\l
-  \definedummyword\oe
   \definedummyword\o
-  \definedummyword\ss
-  \definedummyword\exclamdown
-  \definedummyword\questiondown
+  \definedummyword\oe
   \definedummyword\ordf
   \definedummyword\ordm
+  \definedummyword\questiondown
+  \definedummyword\ss
+  \definedummyword\th
   %
   % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
   \definedummyword\bf
@@ -4021,21 +4950,29 @@ end
   \definedummyword\TeX
   %
   % Assorted special characters.
+  \definedummyword\atchar
+  \definedummyword\arrow
   \definedummyword\bullet
   \definedummyword\comma
   \definedummyword\copyright
   \definedummyword\registeredsymbol
   \definedummyword\dots
   \definedummyword\enddots
+  \definedummyword\entrybreak
   \definedummyword\equiv
   \definedummyword\error
   \definedummyword\euro
+  \definedummyword\expansion
+  \definedummyword\geq
   \definedummyword\guillemetleft
   \definedummyword\guillemetright
   \definedummyword\guilsinglleft
   \definedummyword\guilsinglright
-  \definedummyword\expansion
+  \definedummyword\lbracechar
+  \definedummyword\leq
+  \definedummyword\mathopsup
   \definedummyword\minus
+  \definedummyword\ogonek
   \definedummyword\pounds
   \definedummyword\point
   \definedummyword\print
@@ -4045,79 +4982,138 @@ end
   \definedummyword\quoteleft
   \definedummyword\quoteright
   \definedummyword\quotesinglbase
+  \definedummyword\rbracechar
   \definedummyword\result
+  \definedummyword\sub
+  \definedummyword\sup
   \definedummyword\textdegree
   %
   % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write.
   \macrolist
+  \let\value\dummyvalue
   %
   \normalturnoffactive
-  %
-  % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any
-  % (non-fully-expandable) commands.
-  \makevalueexpandable
 }
 
-% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts.
+% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \definedummies and \indexnofonts.
+% Define \commondummyletter, \commondummyaccent and \commondummyword before
+% using.  Used for accents, font commands, and various control letters.
 %
 \def\commondummiesnofonts{%
   % Control letters and accents.
-  \definedummyletter\!%
-  \definedummyaccent\"%
-  \definedummyaccent\'%
-  \definedummyletter\*%
-  \definedummyaccent\,%
-  \definedummyletter\.%
-  \definedummyletter\/%
-  \definedummyletter\:%
-  \definedummyaccent\=%
-  \definedummyletter\?%
-  \definedummyaccent\^%
-  \definedummyaccent\`%
-  \definedummyaccent\~%
-  \definedummyword\u
-  \definedummyword\v
-  \definedummyword\H
-  \definedummyword\dotaccent
-  \definedummyword\ringaccent
-  \definedummyword\tieaccent
-  \definedummyword\ubaraccent
-  \definedummyword\udotaccent
-  \definedummyword\dotless
+  \commondummyletter\!%
+  \commondummyaccent\"%
+  \commondummyaccent\'%
+  \commondummyletter\*%
+  \commondummyaccent\,%
+  \commondummyletter\.%
+  \commondummyletter\/%
+  \commondummyletter\:%
+  \commondummyaccent\=%
+  \commondummyletter\?%
+  \commondummyaccent\^%
+  \commondummyaccent\`%
+  \commondummyaccent\~%
+  \commondummyword\u
+  \commondummyword\v
+  \commondummyword\H
+  \commondummyword\dotaccent
+  \commondummyword\ogonek
+  \commondummyword\ringaccent
+  \commondummyword\tieaccent
+  \commondummyword\ubaraccent
+  \commondummyword\udotaccent
+  \commondummyword\dotless
   %
   % Texinfo font commands.
-  \definedummyword\b
-  \definedummyword\i
-  \definedummyword\r
-  \definedummyword\sc
-  \definedummyword\t
+  \commondummyword\b
+  \commondummyword\i
+  \commondummyword\r
+  \commondummyword\sansserif
+  \commondummyword\sc
+  \commondummyword\slanted
+  \commondummyword\t
   %
   % Commands that take arguments.
-  \definedummyword\acronym
-  \definedummyword\cite
-  \definedummyword\code
-  \definedummyword\command
-  \definedummyword\dfn
-  \definedummyword\emph
-  \definedummyword\env
-  \definedummyword\file
-  \definedummyword\kbd
-  \definedummyword\key
-  \definedummyword\math
-  \definedummyword\option
-  \definedummyword\pxref
-  \definedummyword\ref
-  \definedummyword\samp
-  \definedummyword\strong
-  \definedummyword\tie
-  \definedummyword\uref
-  \definedummyword\url
-  \definedummyword\var
-  \definedummyword\verb
-  \definedummyword\w
-  \definedummyword\xref
+  \commondummyword\abbr
+  \commondummyword\acronym
+  \commondummyword\anchor
+  \commondummyword\cite
+  \commondummyword\code
+  \commondummyword\command
+  \commondummyword\dfn
+  \commondummyword\dmn
+  \commondummyword\email
+  \commondummyword\emph
+  \commondummyword\env
+  \commondummyword\file
+  \commondummyword\image
+  \commondummyword\indicateurl
+  \commondummyword\inforef
+  \commondummyword\kbd
+  \commondummyword\key
+  \commondummyword\math
+  \commondummyword\option
+  \commondummyword\pxref
+  \commondummyword\ref
+  \commondummyword\samp
+  \commondummyword\strong
+  \commondummyword\tie
+  \commondummyword\U
+  \commondummyword\uref
+  \commondummyword\url
+  \commondummyword\var
+  \commondummyword\verb
+  \commondummyword\w
+  \commondummyword\xref
+}
+
+% For testing: output @{ and @} in index sort strings as \{ and \}.
+\newif\ifusebracesinindexes
+
+\let\indexlbrace\relax
+\let\indexrbrace\relax
+
+{\catcode`\@=0
+\catcode`\\=13
+  @gdef@backslashdisappear{@def\{}}
+}
+
+{
+\catcode`\<=13
+\catcode`\-=13
+\catcode`\`=13
+  \gdef\indexnonalnumdisappear{%
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlquoteignore\endcsname\relax\else
+      % @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us ignore left quotes in the sort term.
+      % (Introduced for FSFS 2nd ed.)
+      \let`=\empty
+    \fi
+    %
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexbackslashignore\endcsname\relax\else
+      \backslashdisappear
+    \fi
+    %
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexhyphenignore\endcsname\relax\else
+      \def-{}%
+    \fi
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlessthanignore\endcsname\relax\else
+      \def<{}%
+    \fi
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexatsignignore\endcsname\relax\else
+      \def\@{}%
+    \fi
+  }
+
+  \gdef\indexnonalnumreappear{%
+    \useindexbackslash
+    \let-\normaldash
+    \let<\normalless
+    \def\@{@}%
+  }
 }
 
+
 % \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
 % by, and when constructing control sequence names.  It eliminates all
 % control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
@@ -4125,12 +5121,11 @@ end
 %
 \def\indexnofonts{%
   % Accent commands should become @asis.
-  \def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}%
+  \def\commondummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}%
   % We can just ignore other control letters.
-  \def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}%
-  % Hopefully, all control words can become @asis.
-  \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent
-  %
+  \def\commondummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}%
+  % All control words become @asis by default; overrides below.
+  \let\commondummyword\commondummyaccent
   \commondummiesnofonts
   %
   % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
@@ -4140,79 +5135,102 @@ end
   %
   \def\ { }%
   \def\@{@}%
-  % how to handle braces?
   \def\_{\normalunderscore}%
+  \def\-{}% @- shouldn't affect sorting
+  %
+  \uccode`\1=`\{ \uppercase{\def\{{1}}%
+  \uccode`\1=`\} \uppercase{\def\}{1}}%
+  \let\lbracechar\{%
+  \let\rbracechar\}%
   %
   % Non-English letters.
   \def\AA{AA}%
   \def\AE{AE}%
+  \def\DH{DZZ}%
   \def\L{L}%
   \def\OE{OE}%
   \def\O{O}%
+  \def\TH{TH}%
   \def\aa{aa}%
   \def\ae{ae}%
+  \def\dh{dzz}%
+  \def\exclamdown{!}%
   \def\l{l}%
   \def\oe{oe}%
-  \def\o{o}%
-  \def\ss{ss}%
-  \def\exclamdown{!}%
-  \def\questiondown{?}%
   \def\ordf{a}%
   \def\ordm{o}%
+  \def\o{o}%
+  \def\questiondown{?}%
+  \def\ss{ss}%
+  \def\th{th}%
   %
   \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
   \def\TeX{TeX}%
   %
-  % Assorted special characters.
-  % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.)
-  \def\bullet{bullet}%
-  \def\comma{,}%
-  \def\copyright{copyright}%
-  \def\registeredsymbol{R}%
-  \def\dots{...}%
-  \def\enddots{...}%
-  \def\equiv{==}%
-  \def\error{error}%
-  \def\euro{euro}%
-  \def\guillemetleft{<<}%
-  \def\guillemetright{>>}%
-  \def\guilsinglleft{<}%
-  \def\guilsinglright{>}%
-  \def\expansion{==>}%
-  \def\minus{-}%
-  \def\pounds{pounds}%
-  \def\point{.}%
-  \def\print{-|}%
-  \def\quotedblbase{"}%
-  \def\quotedblleft{"}%
-  \def\quotedblright{"}%
-  \def\quoteleft{`}%
-  \def\quoteright{'}%
-  \def\quotesinglbase{,}%
-  \def\result{=>}%
-  \def\textdegree{degrees}%
+  % Assorted special characters.  \defglyph gives the control sequence a
+  % definition that removes the {} that follows its use.
+  \defglyph\atchar{@}%
+  \defglyph\arrow{->}%
+  \defglyph\bullet{bullet}%
+  \defglyph\comma{,}%
+  \defglyph\copyright{copyright}%
+  \defglyph\dots{...}%
+  \defglyph\enddots{...}%
+  \defglyph\equiv{==}%
+  \defglyph\error{error}%
+  \defglyph\euro{euro}%
+  \defglyph\expansion{==>}%
+  \defglyph\geq{>=}%
+  \defglyph\guillemetleft{<<}%
+  \defglyph\guillemetright{>>}%
+  \defglyph\guilsinglleft{<}%
+  \defglyph\guilsinglright{>}%
+  \defglyph\leq{<=}%
+  \defglyph\lbracechar{\{}%
+  \defglyph\minus{-}%
+  \defglyph\point{.}%
+  \defglyph\pounds{pounds}%
+  \defglyph\print{-|}%
+  \defglyph\quotedblbase{"}%
+  \defglyph\quotedblleft{"}%
+  \defglyph\quotedblright{"}%
+  \defglyph\quoteleft{`}%
+  \defglyph\quoteright{'}%
+  \defglyph\quotesinglbase{,}%
+  \defglyph\rbracechar{\}}%
+  \defglyph\registeredsymbol{R}%
+  \defglyph\result{=>}%
+  \defglyph\textdegree{o}%
   %
   % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present).
   % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now.
   % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up
   % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry
   % that starts with \.
-  % 
+  %
   % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them
   % to take a single TeX argument.  The case of a macro invocation that
   % goes to end-of-line is not handled.
-  % 
+  %
   \macrolist
+  \let\value\indexnofontsvalue
 }
+\def\defglyph#1#2{\def#1##1{#2}} % see above
+
+
+
 
-\let\indexbackslash=0  %overridden during \printindex.
 \let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
 
 % Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
 % #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text.
 \def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}}
 
-% Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
+% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
+% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
+% TODO: Two-level index?  Operation index?
+
+% Workhorse for all indexes.
 % #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
 % empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception
 % is with most defuns, which call us directly).
@@ -4220,6 +5238,7 @@ end
 \def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
   \iflinks
   {%
+    \requireopenindexfile{#1}%
     % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg).
     \toks0 = {#2}%
     % If third arg is present, precede it with a space.
@@ -4235,7 +5254,50 @@ end
   \fi
 }
 
-% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file:
+% Check if an index file has been opened, and if not, open it.
+\def\requireopenindexfile#1{%
+\ifnum\csname #1indfile\endcsname=0
+  \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
+  \edef\suffix{#1}%
+  % A .fls suffix would conflict with the file extension for the output
+  % of -recorder, so use .f1s instead.
+  \ifx\suffix\indexisfl\def\suffix{f1}\fi
+  % Open the file
+  \immediate\openout\csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.\suffix
+  % Using \immediate above here prevents an object entering into the current 
+  % box, which could confound checks such as those in \safewhatsit for
+  % preceding skips.
+  \typeout{Writing index file \jobname.\suffix}%
+\fi}
+\def\indexisfl{fl}
+
+% Output \ as {\indexbackslash}, because \ is an escape character in
+% the index files.
+\let\indexbackslash=\relax
+{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active
+  @gdef@useindexbackslash{@def\{{@indexbackslash}}}
+}
+
+% Definition for writing index entry text.
+\def\sortas#1{\ignorespaces}%
+
+% Definition for writing index entry sort key.  Should occur at the at
+% the beginning of the index entry, like
+%     @cindex @sortas{september} \september
+% The \ignorespaces takes care of following space, but there's no way
+% to remove space before it.
+{
+\catcode`\-=13
+\gdef\indexwritesortas{%
+  \begingroup
+  \indexnonalnumreappear
+  \indexwritesortasxxx}
+\gdef\indexwritesortasxxx#1{%
+  \xdef\indexsortkey{#1}\endgroup}
+}
+
+
+% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file.
 %
 \def\dosubindwrite{%
   % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
@@ -4245,14 +5307,26 @@ end
   %
   % Remember, we are within a group.
   \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
-  \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
-      % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
+  \useindexbackslash % \indexbackslash isn't defined now so it will be output 
+                     % as is; and it will print as backslash.
+  % The braces around \indexbrace are recognized by texindex.
   %
-  % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to
-  % get the string to sort by.
+  % Get the string to sort by, by processing the index entry with all
+  % font commands turned off.
   {\indexnofonts
-   \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion
-   \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}%
+   \def\lbracechar{{\indexlbrace}}%
+   \def\rbracechar{{\indexrbrace}}%
+   \let\{=\lbracechar
+   \let\}=\rbracechar
+   \indexnonalnumdisappear
+   \xdef\indexsortkey{}%
+   \let\sortas=\indexwritesortas
+   \edef\temp{\the\toks0}%
+   \setbox\dummybox = \hbox{\temp}% Make sure to execute any \sortas
+   \ifx\indexsortkey\empty
+     \xdef\indexsortkey{\temp}%
+     \ifx\indexsortkey\empty\xdef\indexsortkey{ }\fi
+   \fi
   }%
   %
   % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
@@ -4262,10 +5336,11 @@ end
   % sorted result.
   \edef\temp{%
     \write\writeto{%
-      \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
+      \string\entry{\indexsortkey}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
   }%
   \temp
 }
+\newbox\dummybox % used above
 
 % Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit:
 %
@@ -4302,10 +5377,9 @@ end
 %
 % ..., ready, GO:
 %
-\def\safewhatsit#1{%
-\ifhmode
+\def\safewhatsit#1{\ifhmode
   #1%
-\else
+ \else
   % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
   \whatsitskip = \lastskip
   \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
@@ -4329,7 +5403,6 @@ end
     % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various
     % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any
     % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint.  For example:
-    % 
     %   @deffn deffn-whatever
     %   @vindex index-whatever
     %   Description.
@@ -4342,8 +5415,7 @@ end
     % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
     \nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip
   \fi
-\fi
-}
+\fi}
 
 % The index entry written in the file actually looks like
 %  \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
@@ -4393,52 +5465,113 @@ end
   % \initial {@}
   % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
   % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence).
-  \catcode`\@ = 11
-  \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
+  \catcode`\@ = 12
+  % See comment in \requireopenindexfile.
+  \def\indexname{#1}\ifx\indexname\indexisfl\def\indexname{f1}\fi
+  \openin 1 \jobname.\indexname s
   \ifeof 1
     % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
     % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
     % index.  The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
     % there is some text.
     \putwordIndexNonexistent
+    \typeout{No file \jobname.\indexname s.}%
   \else
+    \catcode`\\ = 0
     %
     % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
     % false.  We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
     % it can discover if there is anything in it.
-    \read 1 to \temp
+    \read 1 to \thisline
     \ifeof 1
       \putwordIndexIsEmpty
     \else
       % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
       % character.  It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
       % to make right now.
-      \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}%
-      \catcode`\\ = 0
-      \escapechar = `\\
+      \def\indexbackslash{\ttbackslash}%
+      \let\indexlbrace\{   % Likewise, set these sequences for braces
+      \let\indexrbrace\}   % used in the sort key.
       \begindoublecolumns
-      \input \jobname.#1s
+      \let\dotheinsertentrybox\dotheinsertentryboxwithpenalty
+      %
+      % Read input from the index file line by line.
+      \loopdo
+        \ifeof1 \else
+          \read 1 to \nextline
+        \fi
+        %
+        \indexinputprocessing
+        \thisline
+        %
+        \ifeof1\else
+        \let\thisline\nextline
+      \repeat
+      %%
       \enddoublecolumns
     \fi
   \fi
   \closein 1
 \endgroup}
+\def\loopdo#1\repeat{\def\body{#1}\loopdoxxx}
+\def\loopdoxxx{\let\next=\relax\body\let\next=\loopdoxxx\fi\next}
+
+\def\indexinputprocessing{%
+  \ifeof1
+    \let\firsttoken\relax
+  \else
+    \edef\act{\gdef\noexpand\firsttoken{\getfirsttoken\nextline}}%
+    \act
+  \fi
+}
+\def\getfirsttoken#1{\expandafter\getfirsttokenx#1\endfirsttoken}
+\long\def\getfirsttokenx#1#2\endfirsttoken{\noexpand#1}
+
 
 % These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
 % Change them to control the appearance of the index.
 
-\def\initial#1{{%
-  % Some minor font changes for the special characters.
-  \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
-  %
+{\catcode`\/=13 \catcode`\-=13 \catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\~=13 \catcode`\_=13
+\catcode`\|=13 \catcode`\<=13 \catcode`\>=13 \catcode`\+=13 \catcode`\"=13
+\catcode`\$=3
+\gdef\initialglyphs{%
+  % Some changes for non-alphabetic characters.  Using the glyphs from the
+  % math fonts looks more consistent than the typewriter font used elsewhere
+  % for these characters.
+  \def\indexbackslash{\math{\backslash}}%
+  \let\\=\indexbackslash
+  %
+  % Can't get bold backslash so don't use bold forward slash
+  \catcode`\/=13
+  \def/{{\secrmnotbold \normalslash}}%
+  \def-{{\normaldash\normaldash}}% en dash `--'
+  \def^{{\chapbf \normalcaret}}%
+  \def~{{\chapbf \normaltilde}}%
+  \def\_{%
+     \leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }%
+  \def|{$\vert$}%
+  \def<{$\less$}%
+  \def>{$\gtr$}%
+  \def+{$\normalplus$}%
+}}
+
+\def\initial{%
+  \bgroup
+  \initialglyphs
+  \initialx
+}
+
+\def\initialx#1{%
   % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
   \removelastskip
   %
   % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
+  % The glue before the bonus allows a little bit of space at the
+  % bottom of a column to reduce an increase in inter-line spacing.
   \nobreak
-  \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip
-  \penalty 0
-  \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip
+  \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip
+  \penalty -300 
+  \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip
   %
   % Typeset the initial.  Making this add up to a whole number of
   % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
@@ -4446,103 +5579,214 @@ end
   % we need before each entry, but it's better.
   %
   % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
-  \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
-  \leftline{\secbf #1}%
+  \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus 1\baselineskip
+  \leftline{\secfonts \kern-0.05em \secbf #1}%
+  % \secfonts is inside the argument of \leftline so that the change of
+  % \baselineskip will not affect any glue inserted before the vbox that
+  % \leftline creates.
   % Do our best not to break after the initial.
   \nobreak
   \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
-}}
+  \egroup % \initialglyphs
+}
+
+\newdimen\entryrightmargin
+\entryrightmargin=0pt
 
 % \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
 % then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin.  It is used for index
 % and table of contents entries.  The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
 %
-% A straightforward implementation would start like this:
-%	\def\entry#1#2{...
-% But this freezes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to
-% @code, which sets - active.  This problem was fixed by a kludge---
-% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right.
-%
-% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text.
-%                                 --kasal, 21nov03
 \def\entry{%
   \begingroup
     %
+    % For pdfTeX and XeTeX.
+    % The redefinition of \domark stops marks being added in \pdflink to 
+    % preserve coloured links across page boundaries.  Otherwise the marks
+    % would get in the way of \lastbox in \insertentrybox.
+    \let\domark\relax
+    %
     % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
     % affect previous text.
     \par
     %
-    % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
-    \parfillskip = 0in
-    %
     % No extra space above this paragraph.
     \parskip = 0in
     %
-    % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
-    \finalhyphendemerits = 0
-    %
-    % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
-    % don't both fit on one line.  In that case, bob suggests starting the
-    % dots pretty far over on the line.  Unfortunately, a large
-    % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
-    % lines.  So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
-    %
-    % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
-    % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
-    \hangindent = 2em
-    %
-    % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
-    % with blank space.
-    \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
-    %
-    % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing
-    % columns.
-    \vskip 0pt plus1pt
+    % When reading the text of entry, convert explicit line breaks
+    % from @* into spaces.  The user might give these in long section
+    % titles, for instance.
+    \def\*{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
+    \def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}% An undocumented command
     %
     % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
     \afterassignment\doentry
     \let\temp =
 }
+\def\entrybreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
 \def\doentry{%
+    % Save the text of the entry
+    \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup
     \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
       \noindent
       \aftergroup\finishentry
       % And now comes the text of the entry.
+      % Not absorbing as a macro argument reduces the chance of problems
+      % with catcodes occurring.
 }
-\def\finishentry#1{%
+{\catcode`\@=11
+\gdef\finishentry#1{%
+    \egroup % end box A
+    \dimen@ = \wd\boxA % Length of text of entry
+    \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup\unhbox\boxA
     % #1 is the page number.
     %
-    % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
-    % there are no page numbers.  The next person who breaks this will be
-    % cursed by a Unix daemon.
-    \setbox\boxA = \hbox{#1}%
-    \ifdim\wd\boxA = 0pt
-      \ %
+    % Get the width of the page numbers, and only use
+    % leaders if they are present.
+    \global\setbox\boxB = \hbox{#1}%
+    \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt
+      \null\nobreak\hfill\ %
     \else
       %
-      % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
-      % this line with blank space.  (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
-      % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
-      \hfil\penalty50
       \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
       %
-      % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
-      % part of (the primitive) \par.  Without it, a spurious underfull
-      % \hbox ensues.
       \ifpdf
-	\pdfgettoks#1.%
-	\ \the\toksA
+        \pdfgettoks#1.%
+        \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable\the\toksA
       \else
-	\ #1%
+        \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+          \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable #1%
+        \else
+          \pdfgettoks#1.%
+          \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable\the\toksA
+        \fi
       \fi
     \fi
-    \par
+    \egroup % end \boxA
+    \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt
+      \global\setbox\entrybox=\vbox{\unhbox\boxA}%
+    \else
+    \global\setbox\entrybox=\vbox\bgroup
+      % We want the text of the entries to be aligned to the left, and the
+      % page numbers to be aligned to the right.
+      %
+      \parindent = 0pt
+      \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fil
+      \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus -1fill
+      \rightskip = 0pt plus -1fil
+      \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fill
+      % Cause last line, which could consist of page numbers on their own
+      % if the list of page numbers is long, to be aligned to the right.
+      \parfillskip=0pt plus -1fill
+      %
+      \advance\rightskip by \entryrightmargin
+      % Determine how far we can stretch into the margin.
+      % This allows, e.g., "Appendix H  GNU Free Documentation License" to
+      % fit on one line in @letterpaper format.
+      \ifdim\entryrightmargin>2.1em
+        \dimen@i=2.1em
+      \else
+        \dimen@i=0em
+      \fi
+      \advance \parfillskip by 0pt minus 1\dimen@i
+      %
+      \dimen@ii = \hsize
+      \advance\dimen@ii by -1\leftskip
+      \advance\dimen@ii by -1\entryrightmargin
+      \advance\dimen@ii by 1\dimen@i
+      \ifdim\wd\boxA > \dimen@ii % If the entry doesn't fit in one line
+      \ifdim\dimen@ > 0.8\dimen@ii   % due to long index text
+        % Try to split the text roughly evenly.  \dimen@ will be the length of 
+        % the first line.
+        \dimen@ = 0.7\dimen@
+        \dimen@ii = \hsize
+        \ifnum\dimen@>\dimen@ii
+          % If the entry is too long (for example, if it needs more than
+          % two lines), use all the space in the first line.
+          \dimen@ = \dimen@ii
+        \fi
+        \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill % ragged right
+        \advance \dimen@ by 1\rightskip
+        \parshape = 2 0pt \dimen@ 0em \dimen@ii
+        % Ideally we'd add a finite glue at the end of the first line only,
+        % instead of using \parshape with explicit line lengths, but TeX
+        % doesn't seem to provide a way to do such a thing.
+        %
+        % Indent all lines but the first one.
+        \advance\leftskip by 1em
+        \advance\parindent by -1em
+      \fi\fi
+      \indent % start paragraph
+      \unhbox\boxA
+      %
+      % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
+      \finalhyphendemerits = 0
+      %
+      % Word spacing - no stretch
+      \spaceskip=\fontdimen2\font minus \fontdimen4\font
+      %
+      \linepenalty=1000  % Discourage line breaks.
+      \hyphenpenalty=5000  % Discourage hyphenation.
+      %
+      \par % format the paragraph
+    \egroup % The \vbox
+    \fi
   \endgroup
+  \dotheinsertentrybox
+}}
+
+\newskip\thinshrinkable
+\skip\thinshrinkable=.15em minus .15em
+
+\newbox\entrybox
+\def\insertentrybox{%
+  \ourunvbox\entrybox
+}
+
+% default definition
+\let\dotheinsertentrybox\insertentrybox
+
+% Use \lastbox to take apart vbox box by box, and add each sub-box
+% to the current vertical list.
+\def\ourunvbox#1{%
+\bgroup % for local binding of \delayedbox
+  % Remove the last box from box #1
+  \global\setbox#1=\vbox{%
+    \unvbox#1%
+    \unskip % remove any glue
+    \unpenalty
+    \global\setbox\interbox=\lastbox
+  }%
+  \setbox\delayedbox=\box\interbox
+  \ifdim\ht#1=0pt\else
+    \ourunvbox#1 % Repeat on what's left of the box
+    \nobreak
+  \fi
+  \box\delayedbox
+\egroup
+}
+\newbox\delayedbox
+\newbox\interbox
+
+% Used from \printindex.  \firsttoken should be the first token
+% after the \entry.  If it's not another \entry, we are at the last
+% line of a group of index entries, so insert a penalty to discourage
+% widowed index entries.
+\def\dotheinsertentryboxwithpenalty{%
+  \ifx\firsttoken\isentry
+  \else
+    \penalty 9000
+  \fi
+  \insertentrybox
 }
+\def\isentry{\entry}%
 
 % Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em.
+% The filll stretch here overpowers both the fil and fill stretch to push
+% the page number to the right.
 \def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
-  \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
+  \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1filll}
+
 
 \def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
 
@@ -4556,7 +5800,11 @@ end
   \ifpdf
     \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
   \else
-    #2
+    \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+      #2
+    \else
+      \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
+    \fi
   \fi
   \par
 }}
@@ -4564,12 +5812,37 @@ end
 % Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
 % Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
 % the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
-\catcode`\@=11
+\catcode`\@=11  % private names
 
 \newbox\partialpage
 \newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
 
+% Use inside an output routine to save \topmark and \firstmark
+\def\savemarks{%
+  \global\savedtopmark=\expandafter{\topmark }%
+  \global\savedfirstmark=\expandafter{\firstmark }%
+}
+\newtoks\savedtopmark
+\newtoks\savedfirstmark
+
+% Set \topmark and \firstmark for next time \output runs.
+% Can't be run from withinside \output (because any material
+% added while an output routine is active, including 
+% penalties, is saved for after it finishes).  The page so far
+% should be empty, otherwise what's on it will be thrown away.
+\def\restoremarks{%
+  \mark{\the\savedtopmark}%
+  \bgroup\output = {%
+    \setbox\dummybox=\box\PAGE
+  }abc\eject\egroup
+  % "abc" because output routine doesn't fire for a completely empty page.
+  \mark{\the\savedfirstmark}%
+}
+
 \def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
+  % If not much space left on page, start a new page.
+  \ifdim\pagetotal>0.8\vsize\vfill\eject\fi
+  %
   % Grab any single-column material above us.
   \output = {%
     %
@@ -4589,8 +5862,15 @@ end
       \unvbox\PAGE
       \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
     }%
+    \savemarks
   }%
   \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
+  \restoremarks
+  %
+  % We recover the two marks that the last output routine saved in order
+  % to propagate the information in marks added around a chapter heading,
+  % which could be otherwise be lost by the time the final page is output.
+  %
   %
   % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
   \output = {\doublecolumnout}%
@@ -4616,27 +5896,31 @@ end
     \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
   \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
   %
-  % Double the \vsize as well.  (We don't need a separate register here,
-  % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
+  % Double the \vsize as well.
+  \advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage
   \vsize = 2\vsize
+  %
+  % For the benefit of balancing columns
+  \advance\baselineskip by 0pt plus 0.5pt
 }
 
 % The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
-% the last.
+% the last, which is done by \balancecolumns.
 %
 \def\doublecolumnout{%
+  %
   \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
   % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
   % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
   % previous page.
   \dimen@ = \vsize
   \divide\dimen@ by 2
-  \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
   %
   % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
-  \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
+  \setbox0=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@
+  \global\advance\vsize by 2\ht\partialpage
   \onepageout\pagesofar
-  \unvbox255
+  \unvbox\PAGE
   \penalty\outputpenalty
 }
 %
@@ -4647,10 +5931,11 @@ end
   %
   \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
   \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
-  \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
+  \hbox to\txipagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
 }
-%
-% All done with double columns.
+
+
+% Finished with with double columns.
 \def\enddoublecolumns{%
   % The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised
   % _before_ we change the output routine.  This is necessary in the
@@ -4673,7 +5958,7 @@ end
   % goal.  When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final
   % section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after
   % \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns
-  % and the final section into the vbox of \pageheight (see
+  % and the final section into the vbox of \txipageheight (see
   % \pagebody), causing an overfull box.
   %
   % Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the
@@ -4681,53 +5966,81 @@ end
   \penalty0
   %
   \output = {%
-    % Split the last of the double-column material.  Leave it on the
-    % current page, no automatic page break.
+    % Split the last of the double-column material.
+    \savemarks
     \balancecolumns
     %
-    % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page,
-    % though, there will be another page break right after this \output
-    % invocation ends.  Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
+    % Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
     % want to call it again.  Therefore, reset \output to its normal
-    % definition right away.  (We hope \balancecolumns will never be
-    % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes
-    % the output somewhat more palatable.)
+    % definition right away.
     \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}%
   }%
   \eject
   \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
+  \restoremarks
+  % Leave the double-column material on the current page, no automatic
+  % page break.
+  \box\balancedcolumns
   %
   % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
   % the current page.  We're now back to normal single-column
-  % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the
-  % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
-  \pagegoal = \vsize
+  % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize.
+  \global\vsize = \txipageheight %
+  \pagegoal = \txipageheight %
 }
+\newbox\balancedcolumns
+\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{shouldnt see this}%
 %
-% Called at the end of the double column material.
+% Only called for the last of the double column material.  \doublecolumnout 
+% does the others.
 \def\balancecolumns{%
-  \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
+  \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox\PAGE}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
   \dimen@ = \ht0
   \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
   \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
-  \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
-  %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}%
-  \splittopskip = \topskip
-  % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint.
-  {%
-    \vbadness = 10000
-    \loop
-      \global\setbox3 = \copy0
-      \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
-    \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@
-      \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
-    \repeat
-  }%
-  %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}%
-  \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}%
-  \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}%
+  \ifdim\dimen@<5\baselineskip
+    % Don't split a short final column in two.
+    \setbox2=\vbox{}%
+  \else
+    \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
+    \dimen@ii = \dimen@
+    \splittopskip = \topskip
+    % Loop until left column is at least as high as the right column.
+    {%
+      \vbadness = 10000
+      \loop
+        \global\setbox3 = \copy0
+        \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
+      \ifdim\ht1<\ht3
+        \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
+      \repeat
+    }%
+    % Now the left column is in box 1, and the right column in box 3.
+    % Check whether the left column has come out higher than the page itself.  
+    % (Note that we have doubled \vsize for the double columns, so
+    % the actual height of the page is 0.5\vsize).
+    \ifdim2\ht1>\vsize
+      % Just split the last of the double column material roughly in half.
+      \setbox2=\box0
+      \setbox0 = \vsplit2 to \dimen@ii
+      \setbox0=\vbox to \dimen@ii {\unvbox0\vfill}%
+      \setbox2=\vbox to \dimen@ii {\unvbox2\vfill}%
+    \else
+      % Compare the heights of the two columns.
+      \ifdim4\ht1>5\ht3
+        % Column heights are too different, so don't make their bottoms
+        % flush with each other.
+        \setbox2=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox3\vfill}%
+        \setbox0=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox1\vfill}%
+      \else
+        % Make column bottoms flush with each other.
+        \setbox2=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox3\unskip}%
+        \setbox0=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox1\unskip}%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi
   %
-  \pagesofar
+  \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}%
 }
 \catcode`\@ = \other
 
@@ -4735,7 +6048,26 @@ end
 \message{sectioning,}
 % Chapters, sections, etc.
 
-% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course.  But we count the unnumbered
+% Let's start with @part.
+\outer\parseargdef\part{\partzzz{#1}}
+\def\partzzz#1{%
+  \chapoddpage
+  \null
+  \vskip.3\vsize  % move it down on the page a bit
+  \begingroup
+    \noindent \titlefonts\rm #1\par % the text
+    \let\lastnode=\empty      % no node to associate with
+    \writetocentry{part}{#1}{}% but put it in the toc
+    \headingsoff              % no headline or footline on the part page
+    % This outputs a mark at the end of the page that clears \thischapter
+    % and \thissection, as is done in \startcontents.
+    \let\pchapsepmacro\relax
+    \chapmacro{}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
+    \chapoddpage
+  \endgroup
+}
+
+% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron.  But we count the unnumbered
 % sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf
 % outlines by their "section number".  We avoid collisions with chapter
 % numbers by starting them at 10000.  (If a document ever has 10000
@@ -4814,8 +6146,8 @@ end
 \chardef\maxseclevel = 3
 %
 % A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too.
-% To achive this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in:
-\chardef\unmlevel = \maxseclevel
+% To achieve this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in:
+\chardef\unnlevel = \maxseclevel
 %
 % Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not:
 % \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored.
@@ -4840,8 +6172,8 @@ end
   % The heading type:
   \def\headtype{#1}%
   \if \headtype U%
-    \ifnum \absseclevel < \unmlevel
-      \chardef\unmlevel = \absseclevel
+    \ifnum \absseclevel < \unnlevel
+      \chardef\unnlevel = \absseclevel
     \fi
   \else
     % Check for appendix sections:
@@ -4853,10 +6185,10 @@ end
       \fi\fi
     \fi
     % Check for numbered within unnumbered:
-    \ifnum \absseclevel > \unmlevel
+    \ifnum \absseclevel > \unnlevel
       \def\headtype{U}%
     \else
-      \chardef\unmlevel = 3
+      \chardef\unnlevel = 3
     \fi
   \fi
   % Now print the heading:
@@ -4910,7 +6242,9 @@ end
   \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}%
   \resetallfloatnos
   %
-  \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}%
+  % \putwordChapter can contain complex things in translations.
+  \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordChapter}%
+  \message{\the\toks0 \space \the\chapno}%
   %
   % Write the actual heading.
   \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}%
@@ -4921,15 +6255,17 @@ end
   \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
 }
 
-\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
+\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally calls appendixzzz
+%
 \def\appendixzzz#1{%
   \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
     \global\advance\appendixno by 1
   \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}%
   \resetallfloatnos
   %
-  \def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}%
-  \message{\appendixnum}%
+  % \putwordAppendix can contain complex things in translations.
+  \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordAppendix}%
+  \message{\the\toks0 \space \appendixletter}%
   %
   \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}%
   %
@@ -4938,7 +6274,8 @@ end
   \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
 }
 
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
+% normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}}
 \def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
   \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
     \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
@@ -4970,9 +6307,6 @@ end
 
 % @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
 \outer\parseargdef\centerchap{%
-  % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break
-  % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level.
-  % Thus we are safer this way:		--kasal, 24feb04
   \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters
   \unnmhead0{#1}%
   \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
@@ -4982,40 +6316,47 @@ end
 \let\top\unnumbered
 
 % Sections.
+% 
 \outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
 \def\seczzz#1{%
   \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
   \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}%
 }
 
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
+% normally calls appendixsectionzzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}}
 \def\appendixsectionzzz#1{%
   \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
   \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}%
 }
 \let\appendixsec\appendixsection
 
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
+% normally calls unnumberedseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}}
 \def\unnumberedseczzz#1{%
   \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
   \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}%
 }
 
 % Subsections.
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
+% 
+% normally calls numberedsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}}
 \def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
   \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
   \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
 }
 
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
+% normally calls appendixsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}}
 \def\appendixsubseczzz#1{%
   \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
   \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}%
                  {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
 }
 
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
+% normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}}
 \def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{%
   \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
   \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}%
@@ -5023,21 +6364,25 @@ end
 }
 
 % Subsubsections.
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
+% 
+% normally numberedsubsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}}
 \def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
   \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
   \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}%
                  {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
 }
 
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
+% normally appendixsubsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}}
 \def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{%
   \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
   \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}%
                  {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
 }
 
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
+% normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}}
 \def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
   \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
   \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
@@ -5053,15 +6398,6 @@ end
 
 % Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
 
-% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such:
-%       1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit
-%          overlong headings to fold.
-%       2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a
-%          heading is obnoxious; this forbids it.
-%       3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and
-%          if justification is not attempted.  Hence \raggedright.
-
-
 \def\majorheading{%
   {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
   \parsearg\chapheadingzzz
@@ -5069,10 +6405,8 @@ end
 
 \def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
 \def\chapheadingzzz#1{%
-  {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
-                    \parindent=0pt\raggedright
-                    \rm #1\hfill}}%
-  \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax
+  \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}%
+  \nobreak\bigskip \nobreak
   \suppressfirstparagraphindent
 }
 
@@ -5088,16 +6422,19 @@ end
 % (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
 % given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
 
-%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
+% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
 \def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
 
-%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
 % Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
-
 \newskip\chapheadingskip
 
+% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it.
 \def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
+
+% Start a new page
 \def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
+
+% \chapoddpage - start on an odd page for a new chapter
 % Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will
 % get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong.  But we don't
 % care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page.
@@ -5105,15 +6442,14 @@ end
   \chappager
   \ifodd\pageno \else
     \begingroup
-      \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}%
-      \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}%
-      \hbox to 0pt{}%
+      \headingsoff
+      \null
       \chappager
     \endgroup
   \fi
 }
 
-\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
+\parseargdef\setchapternewpage{\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
 
 \def\CHAPPAGoff{%
 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
@@ -5134,17 +6470,26 @@ end
 
 \CHAPPAGon
 
-% Chapter opening.
+% \chapmacro - Chapter opening.
 %
 % #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
 % Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
+% Not used for @heading series.
 %
 % To test against our argument.
 \def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
-\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
 \def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
+\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
 %
 \def\chapmacro#1#2#3{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\thisenv\titlepage\else
+    \checkenv{}% chapters, etc., should not start inside an environment.
+  \fi
+  % FIXME: \chapmacro is currently called from inside \titlepage when
+  % \setcontentsaftertitlepage to print the "Table of Contents" heading, but
+  % this should probably be done by \sectionheading with an option to print
+  % in chapter size.
+  %
   % Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
   \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs
   \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
@@ -5163,7 +6508,10 @@ end
     \xdef\lastchapterdefs{%
       \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
       \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}%
-      \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \noexpand\thischapternum:
+      % \noexpand\putwordAppendix avoids expanding indigestible
+      % commands in some of the translations.
+      \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordAppendix{}
+                                 \noexpand\thischapternum:
                                  \noexpand\thischaptername}%
     }%
   \else
@@ -5171,7 +6519,10 @@ end
     \xdef\lastchapterdefs{%
       \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
       \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}%
-      \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \noexpand\thischapternum:
+      % \noexpand\putwordChapter avoids expanding indigestible
+      % commands in some of the translations.
+      \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordChapter{}
+                                 \noexpand\thischapternum:
                                  \noexpand\thischaptername}%
     }%
   \fi\fi\fi
@@ -5191,6 +6542,7 @@ end
   %
   {%
     \chapfonts \rm
+    \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading % give better error message
     %
     % Have to define \lastsection before calling \donoderef, because the
     % xref code eventually uses it.  On the other hand, it has to be called
@@ -5227,8 +6579,7 @@ end
     %
     % Typeset the actual heading.
     \nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue.
-    \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
-          \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
+    \vbox{\raggedtitlesettings \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
           \unhbox0 #1\par}%
   }%
   \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
@@ -5244,30 +6595,6 @@ end
 }
 
 
-% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not
-% updating it with the new noderef stuff.  We'll see.  --karl, 11aug03.
-%
-\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
-%
-\def\unnchfopen #1{%
-\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
-                       \parindent=0pt\raggedright
-                       \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
-}
-\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
-\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
-\par\penalty 5000 %
-}
-\def\centerchfopen #1{%
-\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
-                       \parindent=0pt
-                       \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
-}
-\def\CHAPFopen{%
-  \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
-  \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
-
-
 % Section titles.  These macros combine the section number parts and
 % call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
 %
@@ -5285,20 +6612,29 @@ end
 
 % Print any size, any type, section title.
 %
-% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is
-% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the
-% section number.
+% #1 is the text of the title,
+% #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec),
+% #3 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc),
+% #4 is the section number.
 %
 \def\seckeyword{sec}
 %
 \def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
   {%
-    % Switch to the right set of fonts.
-    \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
-    %
     \def\sectionlevel{#2}%
     \def\temptype{#3}%
     %
+    % It is ok for the @heading series commands to appear inside an
+    % environment (it's been historically allowed, though the logic is
+    % dubious), but not the others.
+    \ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword\else
+      \checkenv{}% non-@*heading should not be in an environment.
+    \fi
+    \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading
+    %
+    % Switch to the right set of fonts.
+    \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
+    %
     % Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
     \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
     \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
@@ -5314,7 +6650,10 @@ end
         \xdef\lastsectiondefs{%
           \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
           \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
-          \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\putwordSection{} \noexpand\thissectionnum:
+          % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible
+          % commands in some of the translations.
+          \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{}
+                                     \noexpand\thissectionnum:
                                      \noexpand\thissectionname}%
         }%
       \fi
@@ -5324,12 +6663,20 @@ end
         \xdef\lastsectiondefs{%
           \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
           \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
-          \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\putwordSection{} \noexpand\thissectionnum:
+          % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible
+          % commands in some of the translations.
+          \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{}
+                                     \noexpand\thissectionnum:
                                      \noexpand\thissectionname}%
         }%
       \fi
     \fi\fi\fi
     %
+    % Go into vertical mode.  Usually we'll already be there, but we
+    % don't want the following whatsit to end up in a preceding paragraph
+    % if the document didn't happen to have a blank line.
+    \par
+    %
     % Output the mark.  Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
     % the preceding space.
     \safewhatsit\domark
@@ -5339,7 +6686,7 @@ end
     %
     % Now the second mark, after the heading break.  No break points
     % between here and the heading.
-    \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
+    \global\let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
     \domark
     %
     % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
@@ -5379,7 +6726,7 @@ end
     \nobreak
     %
     % Output the actual section heading.
-    \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
+    \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \ptexraggedright
           \hangindent=\wd0  % zero if no section number
           \unhbox0 #1}%
   }%
@@ -5393,15 +6740,15 @@ end
   %
   % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
   % glue accumulate.  (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
-  % discardable item.)
+  % discardable item.)  However, when a paragraph is not started next
+  % (\startdefun, \cartouche, \center, etc.), this needs to be wiped out
+  % or the negative glue will cause weirdly wrong output, typically
+  % obscuring the section heading with something else.
   \vskip-\parskip
-  % 
-  % This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty >
-  % 10000.  This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after
-  % section headings.  Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between:
-  % 
-  %   @section sec-whatever
-  %   @deffn def-whatever
+  %
+  % This is so the last item on the main vertical list is a known
+  % \penalty > 10000, so \startdefun, etc., can recognize the situation
+  % and do the needful.
   \penalty 10001
 }
 
@@ -5450,14 +6797,21 @@ end
   % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
   % two pages of the document.  Thus, we'd have two destinations named
   % `1', and two named `2'.
-  \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
+  \ifpdf
+    \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue
+  \else
+    \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+    \else
+      \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue
+    \fi
+  \fi
 }
 
 
 % These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman
 % fonts, so we must take special care.  This is more or less redundant
 % with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file.
-% 
+%
 \def\activecatcodes{%
   \catcode`\"=\active
   \catcode`\$=\active
@@ -5499,7 +6853,7 @@ end
   \savepageno = \pageno
   \begingroup                  % Set up to handle contents files properly.
     \raggedbottom              % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
-    \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
+    \entryrightmargin=\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
     %
     % Roman numerals for page numbers.
     \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
@@ -5507,7 +6861,7 @@ end
 
 % redefined for the two-volume lispref.  We always output on
 % \jobname.toc even if this is redefined.
-% 
+%
 \def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc}
 
 % Normal (long) toc.
@@ -5533,6 +6887,7 @@ end
 \def\summarycontents{%
   \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
     %
+    \let\partentry = \shortpartentry
     \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
     \let\appentry = \shortchapentry
     \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
@@ -5588,9 +6943,30 @@ end
 % The last argument is the page number.
 % The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
 
+% Parts, in the main contents.  Replace the part number, which doesn't
+% exist, with an empty box.  Let's hope all the numbers have the same width.
+% Also ignore the page number, which is conventionally not printed.
+\def\numeralbox{\setbox0=\hbox{8}\hbox to \wd0{\hfil}}
+\def\partentry#1#2#3#4{%
+  % Add stretch and a bonus for breaking the page before the part heading.
+  % This reduces the chance of the page being broken immediately after the
+  % part heading, before a following chapter heading.
+  \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip
+  \penalty-300
+  \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip
+  \dochapentry{\numeralbox\labelspace#1}{}%
+}
+%
+% Parts, in the short toc.
+\def\shortpartentry#1#2#3#4{%
+  \penalty-300
+  \vskip.5\baselineskip plus.15\baselineskip minus.1\baselineskip
+  \shortchapentry{{\bf #1}}{\numeralbox}{}{}%
+}
+
 % Chapters, in the main contents.
 \def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-%
+
 % Chapters, in the short toc.
 % See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
 \def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
@@ -5605,7 +6981,7 @@ end
   \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
   \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
 %
-\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\hskip.7em#1}{#4}}
 
 % Unnumbered chapters.
 \def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
@@ -5638,6 +7014,8 @@ end
 \def\dochapentry#1#2{%
    \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
    \begingroup
+     % Move the page numbers slightly to the right
+     \advance\entryrightmargin by -0.05em
      \chapentryfonts
      \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
    \endgroup
@@ -5677,46 +7055,12 @@ end
 \message{environments,}
 % @foo ... @end foo.
 
-% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
-%
-% Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of
-% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
-%
-\def\point{$\star$}
-\def\arrow{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\rightarrow$\hfil}}
-\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
-\def\expansion{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
-\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
-\def\equiv{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
-
-% The @error{} command.
-% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
-%
-\newbox\errorbox
-%
-{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
-\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
-% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
-\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf error\kern-1.5pt}
-%
-\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
-   \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
-   \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
-   \vbox{%
-      \hrule height\dimen2
-      \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt          % Space to left of text.
-         \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
-         \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
-      \hrule height\dimen2}
-    \hfil}
-%
-\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
-
-% @tex ... @end tex    escapes into raw Tex temporarily.
+% @tex ... @end tex    escapes into raw TeX temporarily.
 % One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
-% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
+% But \@ or @@ will get a plain @ character.
 
 \envdef\tex{%
+  \setupmarkupstyle{tex}%
   \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
   \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
   \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
@@ -5726,8 +7070,14 @@ end
   \catcode `\|=\other
   \catcode `\<=\other
   \catcode `\>=\other
-  \escapechar=`\\
+  \catcode `\`=\other
+  \catcode `\'=\other
   %
+  % ' is active in math mode (mathcode"8000).  So reset it, and all our
+  % other math active characters (just in case), to plain's definitions.
+  \mathactive
+  %
+  % Inverse of the list at the beginning of the file.
   \let\b=\ptexb
   \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
   \let\c=\ptexc
@@ -5743,9 +7093,11 @@ end
   \let\+=\tabalign
   \let\}=\ptexrbrace
   \let\/=\ptexslash
+  \let\sp=\ptexsp
   \let\*=\ptexstar
+  %\let\sup=\ptexsup % do not redefine, we want @sup to work in math mode
   \let\t=\ptext
-  \expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop  % outer
+  \expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop  % we've made it outer
   \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing
   %
   \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
@@ -5782,6 +7134,24 @@ end
     \endgraf
     \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
       \removelastskip
+      \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
+        % Penalize breaking before the environment, because preceding text
+        % often leads into it.
+        \penalty100
+      \fi
+      \vskip\envskipamount
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}}
+
+\def\afterenvbreak{{%
+  % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
+  % \sectionheading, q.v.
+  \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
+    \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
+    \endgraf
+    \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
+      \removelastskip
       % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
       % or better ...
       \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi
@@ -5790,8 +7160,6 @@ end
   \fi
 }}
 
-\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
-
 % \nonarrowing is a flag.  If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will
 % also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again.
 \let\nonarrowing=\relax
@@ -5829,9 +7197,13 @@ end
 				% side, and for 6pt waste from
 				% each corner char, and rule thickness
   \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
-  % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
-  \let\nonarrowing = t%
-  \vbox\bgroup
+  %
+  % If this cartouche directly follows a sectioning command, we need the
+  % \parskip glue (backspaced over by default) or the cartouche can
+  % collide with the section heading.
+  \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \penalty\lastpenalty \fi
+  %
+  \setbox\groupbox=\vbox\bgroup
       \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
       \carttop
       \hbox\bgroup
@@ -5844,7 +7216,7 @@ end
 	      \lineskip=\normlskip
 	      \parskip=\normpskip
 	      \vskip -\parskip
-	      \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group.
+	      \comment % For explanation, see the end of def\group.
 }
 \def\Ecartouche{%
               \ifhmode\par\fi
@@ -5855,20 +7227,27 @@ end
       \egroup
       \cartbot
   \egroup
+  \addgroupbox
   \checkinserts
 }
 
 
 % This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
 % inside a group.
+\newdimen\nonfillparindent
 \def\nonfillstart{%
   \aboveenvbreak
-  \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
+  \ifdim\hfuzz < 12pt \hfuzz = 12pt \fi % Don't be fussy
   \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
   \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
   \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
   \parskip = 0pt
+  % Turn off paragraph indentation but redefine \indent to emulate
+  % the normal \indent.
+  \nonfillparindent=\parindent
   \parindent = 0pt
+  \let\indent\nonfillindent
+  %
   \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
   \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
     \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
@@ -5879,6 +7258,24 @@ end
   \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
 }
 
+\begingroup
+\obeyspaces
+% We want to swallow spaces (but not other tokens) after the fake
+% @indent in our nonfill-environments, where spaces are normally
+% active and set to @tie, resulting in them not being ignored after
+% @indent.
+\gdef\nonfillindent{\futurelet\temp\nonfillindentcheck}%
+\gdef\nonfillindentcheck{%
+\ifx\temp %
+\expandafter\nonfillindentgobble%
+\else%
+\leavevmode\nonfillindentbox%
+\fi%
+}%
+\endgroup
+\def\nonfillindentgobble#1{\nonfillindent}
+\def\nonfillindentbox{\hbox to \nonfillparindent{\hss}}
+
 % If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small.
 % If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall.
 % This affects the following displayed environments:
@@ -5906,41 +7303,42 @@ end
 }
 
 % We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo.
-% Let's do it by one command:
-\def\makedispenv #1#2{
-  \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}
-  \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}
+% Let's do it in one command.  #1 is the env name, #2 the definition.
+\def\makedispenvdef#1#2{%
+  \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}%
+  \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}%
   \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
   \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
 }
 
-% Define two synonyms:
-\def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{
-  \makedispenv{#1}{#3}
-  \makedispenv{#2}{#3}
+% Define two environment synonyms (#1 and #2) for an environment.
+\def\maketwodispenvdef#1#2#3{%
+  \makedispenvdef{#1}{#3}%
+  \makedispenvdef{#2}{#3}%
 }
-
-% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp.
+%
+% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font;
+% @example: same as @lisp.
 %
 % @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
 % Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
 %
-\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{%
+\maketwodispenvdef{lisp}{example}{%
   \nonfillstart
-  \tt\quoteexpand
+  \tt\setupmarkupstyle{example}%
   \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
-  \gobble       % eat return
+  \gobble % eat return
 }
 % @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font.
 %
-\makedispenv {display}{%
+\makedispenvdef{display}{%
   \nonfillstart
   \gobble
 }
 
 % @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
 %
-\makedispenv{format}{%
+\makedispenvdef{format}{%
   \let\nonarrowing = t%
   \nonfillstart
   \gobble
@@ -5959,28 +7357,51 @@ end
 \envdef\flushright{%
   \let\nonarrowing = t%
   \nonfillstart
-  \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
+  \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill\relax
   \gobble
 }
 \let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak
 
 
+% @raggedright does more-or-less normal line breaking but no right
+% justification.  From plain.tex.  Don't stretch around special
+% characters in urls in this environment, since the stretch at the right
+% should be enough.
+\envdef\raggedright{%
+  \rightskip0pt plus2.4em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax
+  \def\urefprestretchamount{0pt}%
+  \def\urefpoststretchamount{0pt}%
+}
+\let\Eraggedright\par
+
+\envdef\raggedleft{%
+  \parindent=0pt \leftskip0pt plus2em
+  \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt
+  \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off
+                  % badness reporting.
+}
+\let\Eraggedleft\par
+
+\envdef\raggedcenter{%
+  \parindent=0pt \rightskip0pt plus1em \leftskip0pt plus1em
+  \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt
+  \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off
+                  % badness reporting.
+}
+\let\Eraggedcenter\par
+
+
 % @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
 % and narrows the margins.  We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since
 % we're doing normal filling.  So, when using \aboveenvbreak and
 % \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0.
 %
-\envdef\quotation{%
-  {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
-  \parindent=0pt
-  %
-  % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
+\makedispenvdef{quotation}{\quotationstart}
+%
+\def\quotationstart{%
+  \indentedblockstart % same as \indentedblock, but increase right margin too.
   \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
-    \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
     \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
-    \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
-  \else
-    \let\nonarrowing = \relax
   \fi
   \parsearg\quotationlabel
 }
@@ -5990,12 +7411,13 @@ end
 %
 \def\Equotation{%
   \par
-  \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else
+  \ifx\quotationauthor\thisisundefined\else
     % indent a bit.
     \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}%
   \fi
   {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
 }
+\def\Esmallquotation{\Equotation}
 
 % If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after.
 \def\quotationlabel#1{%
@@ -6005,6 +7427,32 @@ end
   \fi
 }
 
+% @indentedblock is like @quotation, but indents only on the left and
+% has no optional argument.
+% 
+\makedispenvdef{indentedblock}{\indentedblockstart}
+%
+\def\indentedblockstart{%
+  {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
+  \parindent=0pt
+  %
+  % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
+  \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
+    \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
+    \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
+  \else
+    \let\nonarrowing = \relax
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Keep a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're doing normal filling.
+%
+\def\Eindentedblock{%
+  \par
+  {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
+}
+\def\Esmallindentedblock{\Eindentedblock}
+
 
 % LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
 % If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
@@ -6020,18 +7468,16 @@ end
   \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
   \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
   \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"%
+  % Don't do the quotes -- if we do, @set txicodequoteundirected and
+  % @set txicodequotebacktick will not have effect on @verb and
+  % @verbatim, and ?` and !` ligatures won't get disabled.
+  %\do\`\do\'%
 }
 %
 % [Knuth] p. 380
 \def\uncatcodespecials{%
   \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials}
 %
-% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
-% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
-\begingroup
-  \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
-\endgroup
-%
 % Setup for the @verb command.
 %
 % Eight spaces for a tab
@@ -6043,7 +7489,7 @@ end
 \def\setupverb{%
   \tt  % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
   \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
-  \catcode`\`=\active
+  \setupmarkupstyle{verb}%
   \tabeightspaces
   % Respect line breaks,
   % print special symbols as themselves, and
@@ -6054,73 +7500,46 @@ end
 
 % Setup for the @verbatim environment
 %
-% Real tab expansion
+% Real tab expansion.
 \newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
 %
-\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
-
-% Allow an option to not replace quotes with a regular directed right
-% quote/apostrophe (char 0x27), but instead use the undirected quote
-% from cmtt (char 0x0d).  The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it
-% the default, but it works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least
-% evince), the lilypond developers report.  xpdf does work with the
-% regular 0x27.  
-% 
-\def\codequoteright{%
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
-    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
-      '%
-    \else \char'15 \fi
-  \else \char'15 \fi
-}
-%
-% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent.
-% Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like
-% the code environments to do likewise.
-% 
-\def\codequoteleft{%
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
-    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
-      `%
-    \else \char'22 \fi
-  \else \char'22 \fi
-}
+% We typeset each line of the verbatim in an \hbox, so we can handle
+% tabs.  The \global is in case the verbatim line starts with an accent,
+% or some other command that starts with a begin-group.  Otherwise, the
+% entire \verbbox would disappear at the corresponding end-group, before
+% it is typeset.  Meanwhile, we can't have nested verbatim commands
+% (can we?), so the \global won't be overwriting itself.
+\newbox\verbbox
+\def\starttabbox{\global\setbox\verbbox=\hbox\bgroup}
 %
 \begingroup
   \catcode`\^^I=\active
   \gdef\tabexpand{%
     \catcode`\^^I=\active
     \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
-      \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab
-      \divide\dimen0 by\tabw
-      \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
-      \advance\dimen0 by\tabw  % advance to next multiple of \tabw
-      \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
+      \dimen\verbbox=\wd\verbbox % the width so far, or since the previous tab
+      \divide\dimen\verbbox by\tabw
+      \multiply\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
+      \advance\dimen\verbbox by\tabw  % advance to next multiple of \tabw
+      \wd\verbbox=\dimen\verbbox \box\verbbox \starttabbox
     }%
   }
-  \catcode`\'=\active
-  \gdef\rquoteexpand{\catcode\rquoteChar=\active \def'{\codequoteright}}%
-  %
-  \catcode`\`=\active
-  \gdef\lquoteexpand{\catcode\lquoteChar=\active \def`{\codequoteleft}}%
-  %
-  \gdef\quoteexpand{\rquoteexpand \lquoteexpand}%
 \endgroup
 
 % start the verbatim environment.
 \def\setupverbatim{%
   \let\nonarrowing = t%
   \nonfillstart
-  % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
-  \tt
-  \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
-  \catcode`\`=\active
+  \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+  % The \leavevmode here is for blank lines.  Otherwise, we would
+  % never \starttabox and the \egroup would end verbatim mode.
+  \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box\verbbox\endgraf}%
   \tabexpand
-  \quoteexpand
+  \setupmarkupstyle{verbatim}%
   % Respect line breaks,
   % print special symbols as themselves, and
-  % make each space count
-  % must do in this order:
+  % make each space count.
+  % Must do in this order:
   \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
   \everypar{\starttabbox}%
 }
@@ -6176,6 +7595,8 @@ end
   {%
     \makevalueexpandable
     \setupverbatim
+    \indexnofonts       % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
+    \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @verbatiminclude of #1^^J}%
     \input #1
     \afterenvbreak
   }%
@@ -6189,7 +7610,7 @@ end
 % typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
 % beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
 % file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
-% possible is very desirable.
+% possible is desirable.
 %
 \def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying}
 \def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}}
@@ -6225,7 +7646,7 @@ end
     % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow
     % a break between a section heading and a defun.
     %
-    % As a minor refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling
+    % As a further refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling
     % with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the
     % sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following
     % @def command.
@@ -6262,7 +7683,7 @@ end
     #1#2 \endheader
     % common ending:
     \interlinepenalty = 10000
-    \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
+    \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil\relax
     \endgraf
     \nobreak\vskip -\parskip
     \penalty\defunpenalty  % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx
@@ -6284,7 +7705,7 @@ end
   \temp
 }
 
-% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader
+% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader { (defn. of \deffnheader) }
 %
 % Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters.
 % \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly.
@@ -6292,13 +7713,36 @@ end
 \def\domakedefun#1#2#3{%
   \envdef#1{%
     \startdefun
+    \doingtypefnfalse    % distinguish typed functions from all else
     \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}%
   }%
   \def#2{\dodefunx#1}%
   \def#3%
 }
 
-%%% Untyped functions:
+\newif\ifdoingtypefn       % doing typed function?
+\newif\ifrettypeownline    % typeset return type on its own line?
+
+% @deftypefnnewline on|off says whether the return type of typed functions
+% are printed on their own line.  This affects @deftypefn, @deftypefun,
+% @deftypeop, and @deftypemethod.
+% 
+\parseargdef\deftypefnnewline{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\onword
+    \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname
+      = \empty
+  \else\ifx\temp\offword
+    \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname
+      = \relax
+  \else
+    \errhelp = \EMsimple
+    \errmessage{Unknown @txideftypefnnl value `\temp',
+                must be on|off}%
+  \fi\fi
+}
+
+% Untyped functions:
 
 % @deffn category name args
 \makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}}
@@ -6317,7 +7761,7 @@ end
   \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
 }
 
-%%% Typed functions:
+% Typed functions:
 
 % @deftypefn category type name args
 \makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}}
@@ -6332,10 +7776,11 @@ end
 %
 \def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
   \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
+  \doingtypefntrue
   \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
 }
 
-%%% Typed variables:
+% Typed variables:
 
 % @deftypevr category type var args
 \makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}}
@@ -6353,7 +7798,7 @@ end
   \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
 }
 
-%%% Untyped variables:
+% Untyped variables:
 
 % @defvr category var args
 \makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} }
@@ -6364,7 +7809,8 @@ end
 % \defcvof {category of}class var args
 \def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} }
 
-%%% Type:
+% Types:
+
 % @deftp category name args
 \makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
   \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}%
@@ -6392,25 +7838,49 @@ end
 % We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any.
 %
 \def\defname#1#2#3{%
+  \par
   % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
   \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
   %
-  % How we'll format the type name.  Putting it in brackets helps
+  % Determine if we are typesetting the return type of a typed function
+  % on a line by itself.
+  \rettypeownlinefalse
+  \ifdoingtypefn  % doing a typed function specifically?
+    % then check user option for putting return type on its own line:
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname\relax \else
+      \rettypeownlinetrue
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  %
+  % How we'll format the category name.  Putting it in brackets helps
   % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
   % just below it.
   \def\temp{#1}%
   \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi}
   %
-  % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape.
+  % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape.  We'll always have at
+  % least two.
+  \tempnum = 2
+  %
   % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero,
   % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it:
   \dimen0=\hsize  \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0  \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip
+  %
+  % If doing a return type on its own line, we'll have another line.
+  \ifrettypeownline
+    \advance\tempnum by 1
+    \def\maybeshapeline{0in \hsize}%
+  \else
+    \def\maybeshapeline{}%
+  \fi
+  %
   % The continuations:
   \dimen2=\hsize  \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent
-  % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.)
-  \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2
   %
-  % Put the type name to the right margin.
+  % The final paragraph shape:
+  \parshape \tempnum  0in \dimen0  \maybeshapeline  \defargsindent \dimen2
+  %
+  % Put the category name at the right margin.
   \noindent
   \hbox to 0pt{%
     \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize
@@ -6432,11 +7902,19 @@ end
     % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no
     %   one has made identifiers using them :).
     \df \tt
-    \def\temp{#2}% return value type
-    \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi
+    \def\temp{#2}% text of the return type
+    \ifx\temp\empty\else
+      \tclose{\temp}% typeset the return type
+      \ifrettypeownline
+        % put return type on its own line; prohibit line break following:
+        \hfil\vadjust{\nobreak}\break  
+      \else
+        \space  % type on same line, so just followed by a space
+      \fi
+    \fi           % no return type
     #3% output function name
   }%
-  {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm
+  {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \rmfont
   %
   \boldbrax
   % arguments will be output next, if any.
@@ -6453,8 +7931,11 @@ end
   \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0
   %
   % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we
-  % want a way to get ttsl.  Let's try @var for that.
-  \let\var=\ttslanted
+  % want a way to get ttsl.  We used to recommend @var for that, so
+  % leave the code in, but it's strange for @var to lead to typewriter.
+  % Nowadays we recommend @code, since the difference between a ttsl hyphen
+  % and a tt hyphen is pretty tiny.  @code also disables ?` !`.
+  \def\var##1{{\setupmarkupstyle{var}\ttslanted{##1}}}%
   #1%
   \sl\hyphenchar\font=45
 }
@@ -6551,7 +8032,7 @@ end
 
 % To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
 % which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
-\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
+\ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined
   \newwrite\macscribble
   \def\scantokens#1{%
     \toks0={#1}%
@@ -6562,29 +8043,41 @@ end
   }
 \fi
 
+% alias because \c means cedilla in @tex or @math
+\let\texinfoc=\c
+
+\newcount\savedcatcodeone
+\newcount\savedcatcodetwo
+
+% Used at the time of macro expansion.
+% Argument is macro body with arguments substituted
 \def\scanmacro#1{%
-  \begingroup
-    \newlinechar`\^^M
-    \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
-    % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
-    % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active
-    % backslash to get it printed correctly.  Previously, we had
-    % \catcode`\\=\other instead.  We'll see whether a problem appears
-    % with macro expansion.				--kasal, 19aug04
-    \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@
-    % ... and \example
-    \spaceisspace
-    %
-    % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
-    % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX
-    %							--kasal, 29nov03
-    \scantokens{#1\endinput}%
-  \endgroup
+  \newlinechar`\^^M
+  \def\xeatspaces{\eatspaces}%
+  %
+  % Temporarily undo catcode changes of \printindex.  Set catcode of @ to
+  % 0 so that @-commands in macro expansions aren't printed literally when 
+  % formatting an index file, where \ is used as the escape character.
+  \savedcatcodeone=\catcode`\@
+  \savedcatcodetwo=\catcode`\\
+  \catcode`\@=0
+  \catcode`\\=\active
+  %
+  % Process the macro body under the current catcode regime.
+  \scantokens{#1@texinfoc}%
+  %
+  \catcode`\@=\savedcatcodeone
+  \catcode`\\=\savedcatcodetwo
+  %
+  % The \texinfoc is to remove the \newlinechar added by \scantokens, and
+  % can be noticed by \parsearg.
+  %   We avoid surrounding the call to \scantokens with \bgroup and \egroup
+  % to allow macros to open or close groups themselves.
 }
 
+% Used for copying and captions
 \def\scanexp#1{%
-  \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}%
-  \temp
+  \expandafter\scanmacro\expandafter{#1}%
 }
 
 \newcount\paramno   % Count of parameters
@@ -6592,7 +8085,7 @@ end
 \newif\ifrecursive  % Is it recursive?
 
 % List of all defined macros in the form
-%    \definedummyword\macro1\definedummyword\macro2...
+%    \commondummyword\macro1\commondummyword\macro2...
 % Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split
 % if there is a need.
 \def\macrolist{}
@@ -6600,7 +8093,7 @@ end
 % Add the macro to \macrolist
 \def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname}
 \def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{%
-     \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\definedummyword#1}%
+     \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\commondummyword#1}%
      \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}%
 }
 
@@ -6608,7 +8101,7 @@ end
 % This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is,
 %   \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname
 % (except of course we have to play expansion games).
-% 
+%
 \def\cslet#1#2{%
   \expandafter\let
   \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname
@@ -6634,46 +8127,60 @@ end
 
 % Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
 % all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
-% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
-
+% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \
+% to recognize macro arguments; this is the job of \mbodybackslash.
+%
 % Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate
 % them to avoid their expansion.  Must do this non-globally, to
 % confine the change to the current group.
-
+%
 % It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
-% done by  making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
+% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
 % body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
-
-\def\scanctxt{%
+%
+\def\scanctxt{% used as subroutine
   \catcode`\"=\other
   \catcode`\+=\other
   \catcode`\<=\other
   \catcode`\>=\other
-  \catcode`\@=\other
   \catcode`\^=\other
   \catcode`\_=\other
   \catcode`\|=\other
   \catcode`\~=\other
-  \ifx\declaredencoding\ascii \else \setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal\other \fi
+  \passthroughcharstrue
 }
 
-\def\scanargctxt{%
+\def\scanargctxt{% used for copying and captions, not macros.
   \scanctxt
+  \catcode`\@=\other
   \catcode`\\=\other
   \catcode`\^^M=\other
 }
 
-\def\macrobodyctxt{%
+\def\macrobodyctxt{% used for @macro definitions
   \scanctxt
+  \catcode`\ =\other
+  \catcode`\@=\other
   \catcode`\{=\other
   \catcode`\}=\other
   \catcode`\^^M=\other
   \usembodybackslash
 }
 
+% Used when scanning braced macro arguments.  Note, however, that catcode
+% changes here are ineffectual if the macro invocation was nested inside
+% an argument to another Texinfo command.
 \def\macroargctxt{%
   \scanctxt
-  \catcode`\\=\other
+  \catcode`\ =\active
+  \catcode`\^^M=\other
+  \catcode`\\=\active
+}
+
+\def\macrolineargctxt{% used for whole-line arguments without braces
+  \scanctxt
+  \catcode`\{=\other
+  \catcode`\}=\other
 }
 
 % \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
@@ -6681,22 +8188,30 @@ end
 % where N is the macro parameter number.
 % We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
 % \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
-
+%
 {\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
  @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
  @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname}
 }
 \expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
 
+\def\margbackslash#1{\char`\#1 }
+
 \def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
 \def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
 
 \def\macroxxx#1{%
-  \getargs{#1}%           now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
+  \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
   \ifx\argl\empty       % no arguments
-     \paramno=0%
+     \paramno=0\relax
   \else
      \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
+     \if\paramno>256\relax
+       \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined
+         \errhelp = \EMsimple
+         \errmessage{You need eTeX to compile a file with macros with more than 256 arguments}
+       \fi
+     \fi
   \fi
   \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
      \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
@@ -6719,7 +8234,7 @@ end
     % Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
     \begingroup
       \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
-      \let\definedummyword\unmacrodo
+      \let\commondummyword\unmacrodo
       \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
     \endgroup
   \else
@@ -6734,129 +8249,464 @@ end
   \ifx #1\relax
     % remove this
   \else
-    \noexpand\definedummyword \noexpand#1%
+    \noexpand\commondummyword \noexpand#1%
   \fi
 }
 
-% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
-% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
-% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
+% \getargs -- Parse the arguments to a @macro line.  Set \macname to
+% the name of the macro, and \argl to the braced argument list.
 \def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
 \def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
-\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
+\def\getmacname#1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
 \def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
+% This made use of the feature that if the last token of a
+% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
+% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
 
-% Parse the optional {params} list.  Set up \paramno and \paramlist
-% so \defmacro knows what to do.  Define \macarg.blah for each blah
-% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list.
+% Parse the optional {params} list to @macro or @rmacro.
+% Set \paramno to the number of arguments,
+% and \paramlist to a parameter text for the macro (e.g. #1,#2,#3 for a
+% three-param macro.)  Define \macarg.BLAH for each BLAH in the params
+% list to some hook where the argument is to be expanded.  If there are
+% less than 10 arguments that hook is to be replaced by ##N where N
+% is the position in that list, that is to say the macro arguments are to be
+% defined `a la TeX in the macro body.  
+%
 % That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
-
-% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions.
-% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX:  let \hash be something
-% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine
-% it to # just before using the token list produced.
 %
-% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before
-% the macro is used.
-
-\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
-        \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,}
+% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used: see
+% \parsemmanyargdef.
+%
+\def\parsemargdef#1;{%
+  \paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
+  \let\hash\relax
+  % \hash is redefined to `#' later to get it into definitions
+  \let\xeatspaces\relax
+  \parsemargdefxxx#1,;,%
+  \ifnum\paramno<10\relax\else
+    \paramno0\relax
+    \parsemmanyargdef@@#1,;,% 10 or more arguments
+  \fi
+}
 \def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
   \if#1;\let\next=\relax
   \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
-    \advance\paramno by 1%
+    \advance\paramno by 1
     \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
         {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}%
     \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
   \fi\next}
 
-% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies.
-% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
+% \parsemacbody, \parsermacbody
+%
+% Read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. (They're different since
+% rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
+% 
+% We are in \macrobodyctxt, and the \xdef causes backslashshes in the macro 
+% body to be transformed.
+% Set \macrobody to the body of the macro, and call \defmacro.
+%
+{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsemacbody#1@end macro{%
+\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}%
+{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro{%
+\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}%
+
+% Make @ a letter, so that we can make private-to-Texinfo macro names.
+\edef\texiatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@}
+\catcode `@=11\relax
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Code for > 10 arguments only   %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used, where the
+% hook remains in the body, and when macro is to be expanded the body is
+% processed again to replace the arguments.
+%
+% In that case, the hook is \the\toks N-1, and we simply set \toks N-1 to the
+% argument N value and then \edef the body (nothing else will expand because of
+% the catcode regime under which the body was input).
+%
+% If you compile with TeX (not eTeX), and you have macros with 10 or more
+% arguments, no macro can have more than 256 arguments (else error).
+%
+% In case that there are 10 or more arguments we parse again the arguments
+% list to set new definitions for the \macarg.BLAH macros corresponding to
+% each BLAH argument. It was anyhow needed to parse already once this list
+% in order to count the arguments, and as macros with at most 9 arguments
+% are by far more frequent than macro with 10 or more arguments, defining
+% twice the \macarg.BLAH macros does not cost too much processing power.
+\def\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,{%
+  \if#1;\let\next=\relax
+  \else 
+    \let\next=\parsemmanyargdef@@
+    \edef\tempb{\eatspaces{#1}}%
+    \expandafter\def\expandafter\tempa
+       \expandafter{\csname macarg.\tempb\endcsname}%
+    % Note that we need some extra \noexpand\noexpand, this is because we
+    % don't want \the  to be expanded in the \parsermacbody  as it uses an
+    % \xdef .
+    \expandafter\edef\tempa
+      {\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\the\toks\the\paramno}%
+    \advance\paramno by 1\relax
+  \fi\next}
+
 
-\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro%
-{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
-\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro%
-{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
+\let\endargs@\relax
+\let\nil@\relax
+\def\nilm@{\nil@}%
+\long\def\nillm@{\nil@}%
 
-% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and
-% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments.
-% Much magic with \expandafter here.
+% This macro is expanded during the Texinfo macro expansion, not during its
+% definition.  It gets all the arguments' values and assigns them to macros
+% macarg.ARGNAME
+%
+% #1 is the macro name
+% #2 is the list of argument names
+% #3 is the list of argument values
+\def\getargvals@#1#2#3{%
+  \def\macargdeflist@{}%
+  \def\saveparamlist@{#2}% Need to keep a copy for parameter expansion.
+  \def\paramlist{#2,\nil@}%
+  \def\macroname{#1}%
+  \begingroup
+  \macroargctxt
+  \def\argvaluelist{#3,\nil@}%
+  \def\@tempa{#3}%
+  \ifx\@tempa\empty
+    \setemptyargvalues@
+  \else
+    \getargvals@@
+  \fi
+}
+\def\getargvals@@{%
+  \ifx\paramlist\nilm@
+      % Some sanity check needed here that \argvaluelist is also empty.
+      \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@
+      \else
+        \errhelp = \EMsimple
+        \errmessage{Too many arguments in macro `\macroname'!}%
+      \fi
+      \let\next\macargexpandinbody@
+  \else
+    \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@
+       % No more arguments values passed to macro.  Set remaining named-arg
+       % macros to empty.
+       \let\next\setemptyargvalues@
+    \else
+      % pop current arg name into \@tempb
+      \def\@tempa##1{\pop@{\@tempb}{\paramlist}##1\endargs@}%
+      \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\paramlist}%
+       % pop current argument value into \@tempc
+      \def\@tempa##1{\longpop@{\@tempc}{\argvaluelist}##1\endargs@}%
+      \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\argvaluelist}%
+       % Here \@tempb is the current arg name and \@tempc is the current arg value.
+       % First place the new argument macro definition into \@tempd
+       \expandafter\macname\expandafter{\@tempc}%
+       \expandafter\let\csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname\relax
+       \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempe\expandafter{%
+         \csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname}%
+       \edef\@tempd{\long\def\@tempe{\the\macname}}%
+       \push@\@tempd\macargdeflist@
+       \let\next\getargvals@@
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \next
+}
+
+\def\push@#1#2{%
+  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def
+  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#2%
+  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
+  \expandafter#1#2}%
+}
+
+% Replace arguments by their values in the macro body, and place the result
+% in macro \@tempa.
+% 
+\def\macvalstoargs@{%
+  %  To do this we use the property that token registers that are \the'ed
+  % within an \edef  expand only once. So we are going to place all argument
+  % values into respective token registers.
+  %
+  % First we save the token context, and initialize argument numbering.
+  \begingroup
+    \paramno0\relax
+    % Then, for each argument number #N, we place the corresponding argument
+    % value into a new token list register \toks#N
+    \expandafter\putargsintokens@\saveparamlist@,;,%
+    % Then, we expand the body so that argument are replaced by their
+    % values. The trick for values not to be expanded themselves is that they
+    % are within tokens and that tokens expand only once in an \edef .
+    \edef\@tempc{\csname mac.\macroname .body\endcsname}%
+    % Now we restore the token stack pointer to free the token list registers
+    % which we have used, but we make sure that expanded body is saved after
+    % group.
+    \expandafter
+  \endgroup
+  \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempc}%
+  }
+
+% Define the named-macro outside of this group and then close this group. 
+% 
+\def\macargexpandinbody@{% 
+  \expandafter
+  \endgroup
+  \macargdeflist@
+  % First the replace in body the macro arguments by their values, the result
+  % is in \@tempa .
+  \macvalstoargs@
+  % Then we point at the \norecurse or \gobble (for recursive) macro value
+  % with \@tempb .
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempb\csname mac.\macroname .recurse\endcsname
+  % Depending on whether it is recursive or not, we need some tailing
+  % \egroup .
+  \ifx\@tempb\gobble
+     \let\@tempc\relax
+  \else
+     \let\@tempc\egroup
+  \fi
+  % And now we do the real job:
+  \edef\@tempd{\noexpand\@tempb{\macroname}\noexpand\scanmacro{\@tempa}\@tempc}%
+  \@tempd
+}
+
+\def\putargsintokens@#1,{%
+  \if#1;\let\next\relax
+  \else
+    \let\next\putargsintokens@
+    % First we allocate the new token list register, and give it a temporary
+    % alias \@tempb .
+    \toksdef\@tempb\the\paramno
+    % Then we place the argument value into that token list register.
+    \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname macarg.#1\endcsname
+    \expandafter\@tempb\expandafter{\@tempa}%
+    \advance\paramno by 1\relax
+  \fi
+  \next
+}
+
+% Trailing missing arguments are set to empty.
+% 
+\def\setemptyargvalues@{%
+  \ifx\paramlist\nilm@
+    \let\next\macargexpandinbody@
+  \else
+    \expandafter\setemptyargvaluesparser@\paramlist\endargs@
+    \let\next\setemptyargvalues@
+  \fi
+  \next
+}
+
+\def\setemptyargvaluesparser@#1,#2\endargs@{%
+  \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{%
+    \expandafter\def\csname macarg.#1\endcsname{}}%
+  \push@\@tempa\macargdeflist@
+  \def\paramlist{#2}%
+}
+
+% #1 is the element target macro
+% #2 is the list macro
+% #3,#4\endargs@ is the list value
+\def\pop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{%
+   \def#1{#3}%
+   \def#2{#4}%
+}
+\long\def\longpop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{%
+   \long\def#1{#3}%
+   \long\def#2{#4}%
+}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%% End of code for > 10 arguments %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+% This defines a Texinfo @macro or @rmacro, called by \parsemacbody.
+%    \macrobody has the body of the macro in it, with placeholders for
+% its parameters, looking like "\xeatspaces{\hash 1}".
+%    \paramno is the number of parameters
+%    \paramlist is a TeX parameter text, e.g. "#1,#2,#3,"
+% There are four cases: macros of zero, one, up to nine, and many arguments.
 % \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
-% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group.
+% they're defined in: @include reads the file inside a group.
+%
 \def\defmacro{%
   \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
-  \ifrecursive
-    \ifcase\paramno
-    % 0
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-        \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
-    \or % 1
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
-         \noexpand\braceorline
-         \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
-         \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
-    \else % many
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
-         \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
-          \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
-      \expandafter\expandafter
-      \expandafter\xdef
-      \expandafter\expandafter
-        \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
-          \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
-    \fi
+  \ifnum\paramno=1
+    \def\xeatspaces##1{##1}%
+    % This removes the pair of braces around the argument.  We don't
+    % use \eatspaces, because this can cause ends of lines to be lost
+    % when the argument to \eatspaces is read, leading to line-based
+    % commands like "@itemize" not being read correctly.
   \else
-    \ifcase\paramno
-    % 0
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-        \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
-        \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
-    \or % 1
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
-         \noexpand\braceorline
-         \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
-        \egroup
-        \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
-        \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
-    \else % many
+    \let\xeatspaces\relax % suppress expansion
+  \fi
+  \ifcase\paramno
+  % 0
+    \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+      \bgroup
+        \noexpand\spaceisspace
+        \noexpand\endlineisspace
+        \noexpand\expandafter % skip any whitespace after the macro name.
+        \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}%
+    \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{%
+      \egroup
+      \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}%
+  \or % 1
+    \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+       \bgroup
+       \noexpand\braceorline
+       \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}%
+    \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{%
+      \egroup
+      \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}%
+      }%
+  \else % at most 9
+    \ifnum\paramno<10\relax
+      % @MACNAME sets the context for reading the macro argument
+      % @MACNAME@@ gets the argument, processes backslashes and appends a 
+      % comma.
+      % @MACNAME@@@ removes braces surrounding the argument list.
+      % @MACNAME@@@@ scans the macro body with arguments substituted.
       \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
-         \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
-          \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+        \bgroup
+        \noexpand\expandafter  % This \expandafter skip any spaces after the
+        \noexpand\macroargctxt % macro before we change the catcode of space.
+        \noexpand\expandafter
+        \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname}%
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname##1{%
+          \noexpand\passargtomacro
+          \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{##1,}}%
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{%
+          \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname ##1}%
       \expandafter\expandafter
       \expandafter\xdef
       \expandafter\expandafter
-      \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
-      \paramlist{%
-          \egroup
-          \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
-          \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+        \csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname\paramlist{%
+          \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}%
+    \else % 10 or more:
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+        \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}%
+      }%
+      \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\macrobody
+      \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\gobble
     \fi
   \fi}
 
+\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode\relax % end private-to-Texinfo catcodes
+
 \def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
 
-% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
-% {.  If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
-% line.  Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
-% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg)
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=13  % We need to manipulate \ so use @ as escape
+@catcode`@_=11  % private names
+@catcode`@!=11  % used as argument separator
+
+% \passargtomacro#1#2 -
+% Call #1 with a list of tokens #2, with any doubled backslashes in #2
+% compressed to one.
+%
+% This implementation works by expansion, and not execution (so we cannot use 
+% \def or similar).  This reduces the risk of this failing in contexts where 
+% complete expansion is done with no execution (for example, in writing out to 
+% an auxiliary file for an index entry).
+% 
+% State is kept in the input stream: the argument passed to
+% @look_ahead, @gobble_and_check_finish and @add_segment is
+%
+% THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT ! {PENDING_BS} NEXT_TOKEN  (... rest of input)
+%
+% where:
+% THE_MACRO - name of the macro we want to call
+% ARG_RESULT - argument list we build to pass to that macro
+% PENDING_BS - either a backslash or nothing
+% NEXT_TOKEN - used to look ahead in the input stream to see what's coming next
+
+@gdef@passargtomacro#1#2{%
+  @add_segment #1!{}@relax#2\@_finish\%
+}
+@gdef@_finish{@_finishx} @global@let@_finishx@relax
+
+% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
+% #2 - PENDING_BS
+% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
+% #4 used to look ahead
+%
+% If the next token is not a backslash, process the rest of the argument; 
+% otherwise, remove the next token.
+@gdef@look_ahead#1!#2#3#4{%
+  @ifx#4\%
+   @expandafter@gobble_and_check_finish 
+  @else
+   @expandafter@add_segment
+  @fi#1!{#2}#4#4%
+}
+
+% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
+% #2 - PENDING_BS
+% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
+% #4 should be a backslash, which is gobbled.
+% #5 looks ahead
+%
+% Double backslash found.  Add a single backslash, and look ahead.
+@gdef@gobble_and_check_finish#1!#2#3#4#5{%
+  @add_segment#1\!{}#5#5%
+}
+
+@gdef@is_fi{@fi}
+
+% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
+% #2 - PENDING_BS
+% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
+% #4 is input stream until next backslash
+%
+% Input stream is either at the start of the argument, or just after a 
+% backslash sequence, either a lone backslash, or a doubled backslash.  
+% NEXT_TOKEN contains the first token in the input stream: if it is \finish, 
+% finish; otherwise, append to ARG_RESULT the segment of the argument up until
+% the next backslash.  PENDING_BACKSLASH contains a backslash to represent
+% a backslash just before the start of the input stream that has not been
+% added to ARG_RESULT.
+@gdef@add_segment#1!#2#3#4\{%
+@ifx#3@_finish
+  @call_the_macro#1!%
+@else
+  % append the pending backslash to the result, followed by the next segment
+  @expandafter@is_fi@look_ahead#1#2#4!{\}@fi
+  % this @fi is discarded by @look_ahead.
+  % we can't get rid of it with \expandafter because we don't know how 
+  % long #4 is.
+}
+
+% #1 - THE_MACRO
+% #2 - ARG_RESULT
+% #3 discards the res of the conditional in @add_segment, and @is_fi ends the 
+% conditional.
+@gdef@call_the_macro#1#2!#3@fi{@is_fi #1{#2}}
+
+}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% \braceorline MAC is used for a one-argument macro MAC.  It checks
+% whether the next non-whitespace character is a {.  It sets the context
+% for reading the argument (slightly different in the two cases).  Then,
+% to read the argument, in the whole-line case, it then calls the regular
+% \parsearg MAC; in the lbrace case, it calls \passargtomacro MAC.
+% 
 \def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
 \def\braceorlinexxx{%
-  \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
-    \expandafter\parsearg
+  \ifx\nchar\bgroup
+    \macroargctxt
+    \expandafter\passargtomacro
+  \else
+    \macrolineargctxt\expandafter\parsearg
   \fi \macnamexxx}
 
 
 % @alias.
 % We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
-% sign.  Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
+% sign.  Make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
+%
 \def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx}
 \def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
 \def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
@@ -6877,7 +8727,8 @@ end
 
 % @inforef is relatively simple.
 \def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
-\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
+\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{%
+  \putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
   node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
 
 % @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
@@ -6930,7 +8781,10 @@ end
   \pdfmkdest{#1}%
   \iflinks
     {%
+      \requireauxfile
       \atdummies  % preserve commands, but don't expand them
+      % match definition in \xrdef, \refx, \xrefX.
+      \def\value##1{##1}%
       \edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
 	\write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
 	  ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
@@ -6938,39 +8792,78 @@ end
       \toks0 = \expandafter{\lastsection}%
       \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
       \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
-      \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, during \shipout
+      \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, at \shipout
     }%
   \fi
 }
 
+% @xrefautosectiontitle on|off says whether @section(ing) names are used
+% automatically in xrefs, if the third arg is not explicitly specified.
+% This was provided as a "secret" @set xref-automatic-section-title
+% variable, now it's official.
+% 
+\parseargdef\xrefautomaticsectiontitle{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\onword
+    \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname
+      = \empty
+  \else\ifx\temp\offword
+    \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname
+      = \relax
+  \else
+    \errhelp = \EMsimple
+    \errmessage{Unknown @xrefautomaticsectiontitle value `\temp',
+                must be on|off}%
+  \fi\fi
+}
+
+% 
 % @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references.  For \xrefX, #1 is
 % the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
 % node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
 % manual.  All but the node name can be omitted.
 %
-\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\pxref{\putwordsee{} \xrefXX}
+\def\xref{\putwordSee{} \xrefXX}
+\def\ref{\xrefXX}
+
+\def\xrefXX#1{\def\xrefXXarg{#1}\futurelet\tokenafterxref\xrefXXX}
+\def\xrefXXX{\expandafter\xrefX\expandafter[\xrefXXarg,,,,,,,]}
+%
+\newbox\toprefbox
+\newbox\printedrefnamebox
+\newbox\infofilenamebox
+\newbox\printedmanualbox
+%
 \def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
   \unsepspaces
-  \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
+  %
+  % Get args without leading/trailing spaces.
   \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}%
-  \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}%
-  \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}%
-  \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt
+  \setbox\printedrefnamebox = \hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}%
+  %
+  \def\infofilename{\ignorespaces #4}%
+  \setbox\infofilenamebox = \hbox{\infofilename\unskip}%
+  %
+  \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
+  \setbox\printedmanualbox  = \hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}%
+  %
+  % If the printed reference name (arg #3) was not explicitly given in
+  % the @xref, figure out what we want to use.
+  \ifdim \wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt
     % No printed node name was explicitly given.
-    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax
-      % Use the node name inside the square brackets.
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname \relax
+      % Not auto section-title: use node name inside the square brackets.
       \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
     \else
-      % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside
-      % the square brackets.  Use the real section title if we have it.
-      \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
-        % It is in another manual, so we don't have it.
+      % Auto section-title: use chapter/section title inside
+      % the square brackets if we have it.
+      \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
+        % It is in another manual, so we don't have it; use node name.
         \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
       \else
         \ifhavexrefs
-          % We know the real title if we have the xref values.
+          % We (should) know the real title if we have the xref values.
           \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
         \else
           % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
@@ -6982,64 +8875,124 @@ end
   %
   % Make link in pdf output.
   \ifpdf
+    % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX
     {\indexnofonts
+     \makevalueexpandable
      \turnoffactive
      % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
-     % etc. don't get their TeX definitions.
+     % etc. don't get their TeX definitions.  This ignores all spaces in
+     % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename.
      \getfilename{#4}%
      %
-     % See comments at \activebackslashdouble.
-     {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfxrefdest{#1}%
-      \backslashparens\pdfxrefdest}%
+     % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing
+     % spaces in #1, which should be ignored.
+     \setpdfdestname{#1}%
+     %
+     \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
+       \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets
+     \fi
      %
      \leavevmode
      \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
      \ifnum\filenamelength>0
-       goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}%
+       goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfdestname}%
      \else
-       goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}%
+       goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}%
      \fi
     }%
     \setcolor{\linkcolor}%
+  \else
+    \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+    \else
+      % For XeTeX
+      {\indexnofonts
+       \makevalueexpandable
+       \turnoffactive
+       % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
+       % etc. don't get their TeX definitions.  This ignores all spaces in
+       % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename.
+       \getfilename{#4}%
+       %
+       % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing
+       % spaces in #1, which should be ignored.
+       \setpdfdestname{#1}%
+       %
+       \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
+         \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets
+       \fi
+       %
+       \leavevmode
+       \ifnum\filenamelength>0
+         % With default settings,
+         % XeTeX (xdvipdfmx) replaces link destination names with integers.
+         % In this case, the replaced destination names of
+         % remote PDFs are no longer known.  In order to avoid a replacement,
+         % you can use xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'.
+         % If you use XeTeX 0.99996+ (TeX Live 2016+),
+         % this command line option is no longer necessary
+         % because we can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special.
+         \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A
+           << /S /GoToR /F (\the\filename.pdf) /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}%
+       \else
+         \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A
+           << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}%
+       \fi
+      }%
+      \setcolor{\linkcolor}%
+    \fi
   \fi
-  %
-  % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
-  % instead of "[somenode], p.3".  We distinguish them by the
-  % LABEL-title being set to a magic string.
   {%
     % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
     % include an _ in the xref name, etc.
     \indexnofonts
     \turnoffactive
+    \def\value##1{##1}%
     \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
       \csname XR#1-title\endcsname
   }%
+  %
+  % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
+  % instead of "[somenode], p.3".  \iffloat distinguishes them by
+  % \Xthisreftitle being set to a magic string.
   \iffloat\Xthisreftitle
     % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
     % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
-    \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt
+    \ifdim\wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt
       \refx{#1-snt}{}%
     \else
       \printedrefname
     \fi
     %
-    % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
+    % If the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
     % "in MANUALNAME".
-    \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+    \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
       \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
     \fi
   \else
     % node/anchor (non-float) references.
+    % 
+    % If we use \unhbox to print the node names, TeX does not insert
+    % empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will not
+    % find a line break at a hyphen in a node names.  Since some manuals
+    % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens,
+    % this is a loss.  Therefore, we give the text of the node name
+    % again, so it is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
+    % 
+    \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
+      % Cross-manual reference with a printed manual name.
+      % 
+      \crossmanualxref{\cite{\printedmanual\unskip}}%
+    %
+    \else\ifdim \wd\infofilenamebox > 0pt
+      % Cross-manual reference with only an info filename (arg 4), no
+      % printed manual name (arg 5).  This is essentially the same as
+      % the case above; we output the filename, since we have nothing else.
+      % 
+      \crossmanualxref{\code{\infofilename\unskip}}%
     %
-    % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
-    % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
-    % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names.  Since some manuals
-    % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
-    % is a loss.  Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
-    % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
-    \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
-      \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
     \else
+      % Reference within this manual.
+      %
       % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
       % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
       % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
@@ -7051,7 +9004,7 @@ end
        \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
        \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
       }%
-      % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden.
+      % output the `[mynode]' via the macro below so it can be overridden.
       \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname
       %
       % But we always want a comma and a space:
@@ -7059,11 +9012,46 @@ end
       %
       % output the `page 3'.
       \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
-    \fi
+      % Add a , if xref followed by a space
+      \if\space\noexpand\tokenafterxref ,%
+      \else\ifx\	\tokenafterxref ,% @TAB
+      \else\ifx\*\tokenafterxref ,%   @*
+      \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,%   @SPACE
+      \else\ifx\
+                \tokenafterxref ,%    @NL
+      \else\ifx\tie\tokenafterxref ,% @tie
+      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+    \fi\fi
   \fi
   \endlink
 \endgroup}
 
+% Output a cross-manual xref to #1.  Used just above (twice).
+% 
+% Only include the text "Section ``foo'' in" if the foo is neither
+% missing or Top.  Thus, @xref{,,,foo,The Foo Manual} outputs simply
+% "see The Foo Manual", the idea being to refer to the whole manual.
+% 
+% But, this being TeX, we can't easily compare our node name against the
+% string "Top" while ignoring the possible spaces before and after in
+% the input.  By adding the arbitrary 7sp below, we make it much less
+% likely that a real node name would have the same width as "Top" (e.g.,
+% in a monospaced font).  Hopefully it will never happen in practice.
+% 
+% For the same basic reason, we retypeset the "Top" at every
+% reference, since the current font is indeterminate.
+% 
+\def\crossmanualxref#1{%
+  \setbox\toprefbox = \hbox{Top\kern7sp}%
+  \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \printedrefname \unskip \kern7sp}%
+  \ifdim \wd2 > 7sp  % nonempty?
+    \ifdim \wd2 = \wd\toprefbox \else  % same as Top?
+      \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{}\space
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  #1%
+}
+
 % This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
 % output.  It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily,
 % since square brackets don't work well in some documents.  Particularly
@@ -7099,13 +9087,14 @@ end
   \fi\fi\fi
 }
 
-% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
-% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
-%
+% \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} - reference a cross-reference string named NAME.  SUFFIX 
+% is output afterwards if non-empty.
 \def\refx#1#2{%
+  \requireauxfile
   {%
     \indexnofonts
     \otherbackslash
+    \def\value##1{##1}%
     \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
       \csname XR#1\endcsname
   }%
@@ -7114,7 +9103,8 @@ end
     \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
     \iflinks
       \ifhavexrefs
-        \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
+        {\toks0 = {#1}% avoid expansion of possibly-complex value
+         \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `\the\toks0'.}}%
       \else
         \ifwarnedxrefs\else
           \global\warnedxrefstrue
@@ -7129,20 +9119,28 @@ end
   #2% Output the suffix in any case.
 }
 
-% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.  Usually it's
-% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid
-% collisions).  But if this is a float type, we have more work to do.
+% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.  Define a control 
+% sequence for a cross-reference target (we prepend XR to the control sequence 
+% name to avoid collisions).  The value is the page number.  If this is a float 
+% type, we have more work to do.
 %
 \def\xrdef#1#2{%
-  {% The node name might contain 8-bit characters, which in our current
-   % implementation are changed to commands like @'e.  Don't let these
-   % mess up the control sequence name.
+  {% Expand the node or anchor name to remove control sequences.
+   % \turnoffactive stops 8-bit characters being changed to commands
+   % like @'e.  \refx does the same to retrieve the value in the definition.
     \indexnofonts
     \turnoffactive
+    \def\value##1{##1}%
     \xdef\safexrefname{#1}%
   }%
   %
-  \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref
+  \bgroup
+    \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}%
+  \egroup
+  % We put the \gdef inside a group to avoid the definitions building up on 
+  % TeX's save stack, which can cause it to run out of space for aux files with 
+  % thousands of lines.  \gdef doesn't use the save stack, but \csname does
+  % when it defines an unknown control sequence as \relax. 
   %
   % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
   \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname
@@ -7165,6 +9163,23 @@ end
   \fi
 }
 
+% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
+% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
+% This is done with @novalidate at the beginning of the file.
+%
+\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
+\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
+
+% Used when writing to the aux file, or when using data from it.
+\def\requireauxfile{%
+  \iflinks
+    \tryauxfile
+    % Open the new aux file.  TeX will close it automatically at exit.
+    \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
+  \fi
+  \global\let\requireauxfile=\relax   % Only do this once.
+}
+
 % Read the last existing aux file, if any.  No error if none exists.
 %
 \def\tryauxfile{%
@@ -7243,16 +9258,6 @@ end
   % now.  --karl, 15jan04.
   \catcode`\\=\other
   %
-  % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters.
-  {%
-    \count1=128
-    \def\loop{%
-      \catcode\count1=\other
-      \advance\count1 by 1
-      \ifnum \count1<256 \loop \fi
-    }%
-  }%
-  %
   % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
   \catcode`\{=1
   \catcode`\}=2
@@ -7278,15 +9283,13 @@ end
 % space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
 \def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
 
-% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.
+% @footnotestyle is meaningful for Info output only.
 \let\footnotestyle=\comment
 
 {\catcode `\@=11
 %
 % Auto-number footnotes.  Otherwise like plain.
 \gdef\footnote{%
-  \let\indent=\ptexindent
-  \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
   \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
   \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
   %
@@ -7310,10 +9313,15 @@ end
 %
 \gdef\dofootnote{%
   \insert\footins\bgroup
+  %
+  % Nested footnotes are not supported in TeX, that would take a lot
+  % more work.  (\startsavinginserts does not suffice.)
+  \let\footnote=\errfootnotenest
+  %
   % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
   % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
   % So reset some parameters.
-  \hsize=\pagewidth
+  \hsize=\txipagewidth
   \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
   \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
   \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
@@ -7341,17 +9349,30 @@ end
   % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
   % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
   \footstrut
+  %
+  % Invoke rest of plain TeX footnote routine.
   \futurelet\next\fo@t
 }
 }%end \catcode `\@=11
 
+\def\errfootnotenest{%
+  \errhelp=\EMsimple
+  \errmessage{Nested footnotes not supported in texinfo.tex,
+    even though they work in makeinfo; sorry}
+}
+
+\def\errfootnoteheading{%
+  \errhelp=\EMsimple
+  \errmessage{Footnotes in chapters, sections, etc., are not supported}
+}
+
 % In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
 % the real \insert just after the vbox finished.  Otherwise, the insertion
 % would be lost.
 % Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
 % text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
 % And the same can be done for other insert classes.  --kasal, 16nov03.
-
+%
 % Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
 % Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
 % out prematurely.
@@ -7428,7 +9449,7 @@ end
   it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
 %
 \def\image#1{%
-  \ifx\epsfbox\undefined
+  \ifx\epsfbox\thisisundefined
     \ifwarnednoepsf \else
       \errhelp = \noepsfhelp
       \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
@@ -7444,14 +9465,22 @@ end
 % #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
 % #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
 % #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
-% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
+% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing stuff.
 \newif\ifimagevmode
 \def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
   \catcode`\^^M = 5     % in case we're inside an example
   \normalturnoffactive  % allow _ et al. in names
+  \def\xprocessmacroarg{\eatspaces}% in case we are being used via a macro
   % If the image is by itself, center it.
   \ifvmode
     \imagevmodetrue
+  \else \ifx\centersub\centerV
+    % for @center @image, we need a vbox so we can have our vertical space
+    \imagevmodetrue
+    \vbox\bgroup % vbox has better behavior than vtop herev
+  \fi\fi
+  %
+  \ifimagevmode
     \nobreak\medskip
     % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
     % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
@@ -7461,21 +9490,37 @@ end
   \fi
   %
   % Leave vertical mode so that indentation from an enclosing
-  % environment such as @quotation is respected.  On the other hand, if
-  % it's at the top level, we don't want the normal paragraph indentation.
-  \noindent
+  %  environment such as @quotation is respected.
+  % However, if we're at the top level, we don't want the
+  %  normal paragraph indentation.
+  % On the other hand, if we are in the case of @center @image, we don't
+  %  want to start a paragraph, which will create a hsize-width box and
+  %  eradicate the centering.
+  \ifx\centersub\centerV\else \noindent \fi
   %
   % Output the image.
   \ifpdf
+    % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX <= 0.80
     \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
   \else
-    % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
-    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
-    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
-    \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
+    \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+      % For epsf.tex
+      % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+        \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+        \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
+      \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
+    \else
+      % For XeTeX
+      \doxeteximage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+    \fi
   \fi
   %
-  \ifimagevmode \medskip \fi  % space after the standalone image
+  \ifimagevmode
+    \medskip  % space after a standalone image
+  \fi  
+  \ifx\centersub\centerV \egroup \fi
 \endgroup}
 
 
@@ -7591,7 +9636,7 @@ end
     %
     \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
       \ifx\floatident\empty \else
-	\appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
+        \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
       \fi
       %
       % caption text.
@@ -7615,32 +9660,20 @@ end
       % \floatlabel-lof.  Besides \floatident, we include the short
       % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
       {%
+        \requireauxfile
         \atdummies
         %
-        % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M
-        % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so
-        % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file.
-	\scanexp{%
-	  \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{%
-	    \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
-	      \thiscaption
-	    \else
-	      \thisshortcaption
-	    \fi
-	  }%
-	}%
+        \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
+          \def\gtemp{\thiscaption}%
+        \else
+          \def\gtemp{\thisshortcaption}%
+        \fi
         \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident
-	  \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
+          \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
       }%
     \fi
   \egroup  % end of \vtop
   %
-  % place the captured inserts
-  %
-  % BEWARE: when the floats start floating, we have to issue warning
-  % whenever an insert appears inside a float which could possibly
-  % float. --kasal, 26may04
-  %
   \checkinserts
 }
 
@@ -7747,47 +9780,139 @@ end
 
 \message{localization,}
 
-% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after
-% @setfilename.  If done too late, it may not override everything
-% properly.  Single argument is the language (de) or locale (de_DE)
-% abbreviation.  It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file.
+% For single-language documents, @documentlanguage is usually given very
+% early, just after @documentencoding.  Single argument is the language
+% (de) or locale (de_DE) abbreviation.
 %
 {
   \catcode`\_ = \active
   \globaldefs=1
-\parseargdef\documentlanguage{\begingroup
-  \let_=\normalunderscore  % normal _ character for filenames
+\parseargdef\documentlanguage{%
   \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
     % Read the file by the name they passed if it exists.
+    \let_ = \normalunderscore  % normal _ character for filename test
     \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
     \ifeof 1
-      \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore{#1_\finish}%
+      \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore #1_\finish
     \else
+      \globaldefs = 1  % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist
       \input txi-#1.tex
     \fi
     \closein 1
-  \endgroup
-\endgroup}
+  \endgroup % end raw TeX
 }
 %
 % If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist,
 % try txi-de.tex.
-% 
-\def\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{%
+%
+\gdef\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{%
   \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
   \ifeof 1
     \errhelp = \nolanghelp
     \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
   \else
+    \globaldefs = 1  % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist
     \input txi-#1.tex
   \fi
   \closein 1
 }
+}% end of special _ catcode
 %
 \newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
-is empty.  Maybe you need to install it?  In the current directory
-should work if nowhere else does.}
+is empty.  Maybe you need to install it?  Putting it in the current
+directory should work if nowhere else does.}
+
+% This macro is called from txi-??.tex files; the first argument is the
+% \language name to set (without the "\lang@" prefix), the second and
+% third args are \{left,right}hyphenmin.
+%
+% The language names to pass are determined when the format is built.
+% See the etex.log file created at that time, e.g.,
+% /usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/pdftex/etex.log.
+%
+% With TeX Live 2008, etex now includes hyphenation patterns for all
+% available languages.  This means we can support hyphenation in
+% Texinfo, at least to some extent.  (This still doesn't solve the
+% accented characters problem.)
+%
+\catcode`@=11
+\def\txisetlanguage#1#2#3{%
+  % do not set the language if the name is undefined in the current TeX.
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname lang@#1\endcsname \relax
+    \message{no patterns for #1}%
+  \else
+    \global\language = \csname lang@#1\endcsname
+  \fi
+  % but there is no harm in adjusting the hyphenmin values regardless.
+  \global\lefthyphenmin = #2\relax
+  \global\righthyphenmin = #3\relax
+}
+
+% XeTeX and LuaTeX can handle Unicode natively.
+% Their default I/O uses UTF-8 sequences instead of a byte-wise operation.
+% Other TeX engines' I/O (pdfTeX, etc.) is byte-wise.
+%
+\newif\iftxinativeunicodecapable
+\newif\iftxiusebytewiseio
+
+\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+  \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+    \txinativeunicodecapablefalse
+    \txiusebytewiseiotrue
+  \else
+    \txinativeunicodecapabletrue
+    \txiusebytewiseiofalse
+  \fi
+\else
+  \txinativeunicodecapabletrue
+  \txiusebytewiseiofalse
+\fi
+
+% Set I/O by bytes instead of UTF-8 sequence for XeTeX and LuaTex
+% for non-UTF-8 (byte-wise) encodings.
+%
+\def\setbytewiseio{%
+  \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+  \else
+    \XeTeXdefaultencoding "bytes"  % For subsequent files to be read
+    \XeTeXinputencoding "bytes"  % For document root file
+    % Unfortunately, there seems to be no corresponding XeTeX command for
+    % output encoding.  This is a problem for auxiliary index and TOC files.
+    % The only solution would be perhaps to write out @U{...} sequences in
+    % place of non-ASCII characters.
+  \fi
+
+  \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+  \else
+    \directlua{
+    local utf8_char, byte, gsub = unicode.utf8.char, string.byte, string.gsub
+    local function convert_char (char)
+      return utf8_char(byte(char))
+    end
+
+    local function convert_line (line)
+      return gsub(line, ".", convert_char)
+    end
+
+    callback.register("process_input_buffer", convert_line)
+
+    local function convert_line_out (line)
+      local line_out = ""
+      for c in string.utfvalues(line) do
+         line_out = line_out .. string.char(c)
+      end
+      return line_out
+    end
+
+    callback.register("process_output_buffer", convert_line_out)
+    }
+  \fi
+
+  \txiusebytewiseiotrue
+}
 
+
+% Helpers for encodings.
 % Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number.
 %
 \def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{%
@@ -7809,7 +9934,9 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
 % @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters
 % according to the specified encoding.
 %
-\parseargdef\documentencoding{%
+\def\documentencoding{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\documentencodingzzz}
+\def\documentencodingzzz#1{%
+  %
   % Encoding being declared for the document.
   \def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}%
   %
@@ -7825,35 +9952,66 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
      \asciichardefs
   %
   \else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo
+     \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+       \setbytewiseio
+     \fi
      \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
      \lattwochardefs
   %
-  \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone 
+  \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
+     \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+       \setbytewiseio
+     \fi
      \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
      \latonechardefs
   %
   \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine
+     \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+       \setbytewiseio
+     \fi
      \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
      \latninechardefs
   %
   \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
-     \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
-     \utfeightchardefs
+     \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+       % For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX)
+       \nativeunicodechardefs
+     \else
+       % For treating UTF-8 as byte sequences (TeX, eTeX and pdfTeX)
+       \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+       % since we already invoked \utfeightchardefs at the top level
+       % (below), do not re-invoke it, otherwise our check for duplicated
+       % definitions gets triggered.  Making non-ascii chars active is
+       % sufficient.
+     \fi
   %
-  \else 
-    \message{Unknown document encoding #1, ignoring.}%
+  \else
+    \message{Ignoring unknown document encoding: #1.}%
   %
   \fi % utfeight
   \fi % latnine
   \fi % latone
   \fi % lattwo
   \fi % ascii
+  %
+  \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+  \else
+    \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
+    \else
+      \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii
+      \else
+        \message{Warning: XeTeX with non-UTF-8 encodings cannot handle %
+        non-ASCII characters in auxiliary files.}%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi
 }
 
+% emacs-page
 % A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available
 % the default font encoding (OT1).
-% 
-\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing in OT1 encoding: #1.}}
+%
+\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing, sorry: #1.}}
 
 % Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference.
 \def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi}
@@ -7863,111 +10021,119 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
 % macros containing the character definitions.
 \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
 %
+
+\def\gdefchar#1#2{%
+\gdef#1{%
+   \ifpassthroughchars
+     \string#1%
+   \else
+     #2%
+   \fi
+}}
+
 % Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions.
 \def\latonechardefs{%
-  \gdef^^a0{~} 
-  \gdef^^a1{\exclamdown}
-  \gdef^^a2{\missingcharmsg{CENT SIGN}} 
-  \gdef^^a3{{\pounds}}
-  \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
-  \gdef^^a5{\missingcharmsg{YEN SIGN}}
-  \gdef^^a6{\missingcharmsg{BROKEN BAR}} 
-  \gdef^^a7{\S}
-  \gdef^^a8{\"{}} 
-  \gdef^^a9{\copyright} 
-  \gdef^^aa{\ordf}
-  \gdef^^ab{\missingcharmsg{LEFT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK}} 
-  \gdef^^ac{$\lnot$}
-  \gdef^^ad{\-} 
-  \gdef^^ae{\registeredsymbol} 
-  \gdef^^af{\={}}
-  %
-  \gdef^^b0{\textdegree}
-  \gdef^^b1{$\pm$}
-  \gdef^^b2{$^2$}
-  \gdef^^b3{$^3$}
-  \gdef^^b4{\'{}}
-  \gdef^^b5{$\mu$}
-  \gdef^^b6{\P}
-  %
-  \gdef^^b7{$^.$}
-  \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ }
-  \gdef^^b9{$^1$}
-  \gdef^^ba{\ordm}
-  %
-  \gdef^^bb{\missingcharmsg{RIGHT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK}}
-  \gdef^^bc{$1\over4$}
-  \gdef^^bd{$1\over2$}
-  \gdef^^be{$3\over4$}
-  \gdef^^bf{\questiondown}
-  %
-  \gdef^^c0{\`A}
-  \gdef^^c1{\'A}
-  \gdef^^c2{\^A}
-  \gdef^^c3{\~A}
-  \gdef^^c4{\"A}
-  \gdef^^c5{\ringaccent A} 
-  \gdef^^c6{\AE}
-  \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C}
-  \gdef^^c8{\`E}
-  \gdef^^c9{\'E}
-  \gdef^^ca{\^E}
-  \gdef^^cb{\"E}
-  \gdef^^cc{\`I}
-  \gdef^^cd{\'I}
-  \gdef^^ce{\^I}
-  \gdef^^cf{\"I}
-  %
-  \gdef^^d0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER ETH}}
-  \gdef^^d1{\~N}
-  \gdef^^d2{\`O}
-  \gdef^^d3{\'O}
-  \gdef^^d4{\^O}
-  \gdef^^d5{\~O}
-  \gdef^^d6{\"O}
-  \gdef^^d7{$\times$}
-  \gdef^^d8{\O}
-  \gdef^^d9{\`U}
-  \gdef^^da{\'U}
-  \gdef^^db{\^U}
-  \gdef^^dc{\"U}
-  \gdef^^dd{\'Y}
-  \gdef^^de{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER THORN}}
-  \gdef^^df{\ss}
-  %
-  \gdef^^e0{\`a}
-  \gdef^^e1{\'a}
-  \gdef^^e2{\^a}
-  \gdef^^e3{\~a}
-  \gdef^^e4{\"a}
-  \gdef^^e5{\ringaccent a}
-  \gdef^^e6{\ae}
-  \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c}
-  \gdef^^e8{\`e}
-  \gdef^^e9{\'e}
-  \gdef^^ea{\^e}
-  \gdef^^eb{\"e}
-  \gdef^^ec{\`{\dotless i}}
-  \gdef^^ed{\'{\dotless i}}
-  \gdef^^ee{\^{\dotless i}}
-  \gdef^^ef{\"{\dotless i}}
-  %
-  \gdef^^f0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER ETH}}
-  \gdef^^f1{\~n}
-  \gdef^^f2{\`o}
-  \gdef^^f3{\'o}
-  \gdef^^f4{\^o}
-  \gdef^^f5{\~o}
-  \gdef^^f6{\"o}
-  \gdef^^f7{$\div$}
-  \gdef^^f8{\o}
-  \gdef^^f9{\`u}
-  \gdef^^fa{\'u}
-  \gdef^^fb{\^u}
-  \gdef^^fc{\"u}
-  \gdef^^fd{\'y}
-  \gdef^^fe{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER THORN}}
-  \gdef^^ff{\"y}
+  \gdefchar^^a0{\tie}
+  \gdefchar^^a1{\exclamdown}
+  \gdefchar^^a2{{\tcfont \char162}} % cent
+  \gdefchar^^a3{\pounds{}}
+  \gdefchar^^a4{{\tcfont \char164}} % currency
+  \gdefchar^^a5{{\tcfont \char165}} % yen
+  \gdefchar^^a6{{\tcfont \char166}} % broken bar
+  \gdefchar^^a7{\S}
+  \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}}
+  \gdefchar^^a9{\copyright{}}
+  \gdefchar^^aa{\ordf}
+  \gdefchar^^ab{\guillemetleft{}}
+  \gdefchar^^ac{\ensuremath\lnot}
+  \gdefchar^^ad{\-}
+  \gdefchar^^ae{\registeredsymbol{}}
+  \gdefchar^^af{\={}}
+  %
+  \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree}
+  \gdefchar^^b1{$\pm$}
+  \gdefchar^^b2{$^2$}
+  \gdefchar^^b3{$^3$}
+  \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}}
+  \gdefchar^^b5{$\mu$}
+  \gdefchar^^b6{\P}
+  \gdefchar^^b7{\ensuremath\cdot}
+  \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ }
+  \gdefchar^^b9{$^1$}
+  \gdefchar^^ba{\ordm}
+  \gdefchar^^bb{\guillemetright{}}
+  \gdefchar^^bc{$1\over4$}
+  \gdefchar^^bd{$1\over2$}
+  \gdefchar^^be{$3\over4$}
+  \gdefchar^^bf{\questiondown}
+  %
+  \gdefchar^^c0{\`A}
+  \gdefchar^^c1{\'A}
+  \gdefchar^^c2{\^A}
+  \gdefchar^^c3{\~A}
+  \gdefchar^^c4{\"A}
+  \gdefchar^^c5{\ringaccent A}
+  \gdefchar^^c6{\AE}
+  \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C}
+  \gdefchar^^c8{\`E}
+  \gdefchar^^c9{\'E}
+  \gdefchar^^ca{\^E}
+  \gdefchar^^cb{\"E}
+  \gdefchar^^cc{\`I}
+  \gdefchar^^cd{\'I}
+  \gdefchar^^ce{\^I}
+  \gdefchar^^cf{\"I}
+  %
+  \gdefchar^^d0{\DH}
+  \gdefchar^^d1{\~N}
+  \gdefchar^^d2{\`O}
+  \gdefchar^^d3{\'O}
+  \gdefchar^^d4{\^O}
+  \gdefchar^^d5{\~O}
+  \gdefchar^^d6{\"O}
+  \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$}
+  \gdefchar^^d8{\O}
+  \gdefchar^^d9{\`U}
+  \gdefchar^^da{\'U}
+  \gdefchar^^db{\^U}
+  \gdefchar^^dc{\"U}
+  \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y}
+  \gdefchar^^de{\TH}
+  \gdefchar^^df{\ss}
+  %
+  \gdefchar^^e0{\`a}
+  \gdefchar^^e1{\'a}
+  \gdefchar^^e2{\^a}
+  \gdefchar^^e3{\~a}
+  \gdefchar^^e4{\"a}
+  \gdefchar^^e5{\ringaccent a}
+  \gdefchar^^e6{\ae}
+  \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c}
+  \gdefchar^^e8{\`e}
+  \gdefchar^^e9{\'e}
+  \gdefchar^^ea{\^e}
+  \gdefchar^^eb{\"e}
+  \gdefchar^^ec{\`{\dotless i}}
+  \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless i}}
+  \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless i}}
+  \gdefchar^^ef{\"{\dotless i}}
+  %
+  \gdefchar^^f0{\dh}
+  \gdefchar^^f1{\~n}
+  \gdefchar^^f2{\`o}
+  \gdefchar^^f3{\'o}
+  \gdefchar^^f4{\^o}
+  \gdefchar^^f5{\~o}
+  \gdefchar^^f6{\"o}
+  \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$}
+  \gdefchar^^f8{\o}
+  \gdefchar^^f9{\`u}
+  \gdefchar^^fa{\'u}
+  \gdefchar^^fb{\^u}
+  \gdefchar^^fc{\"u}
+  \gdefchar^^fd{\'y}
+  \gdefchar^^fe{\th}
+  \gdefchar^^ff{\"y}
 }
 
 % Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions.
@@ -7975,127 +10141,127 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
   % Encoding is almost identical to Latin1.
   \latonechardefs
   %
-  \gdef^^a4{\euro}
-  \gdef^^a6{\v S}
-  \gdef^^a8{\v s}
-  \gdef^^b4{\v Z}
-  \gdef^^b8{\v z}
-  \gdef^^bc{\OE}
-  \gdef^^bd{\oe}
-  \gdef^^be{\"Y}
+  \gdefchar^^a4{\euro{}}
+  \gdefchar^^a6{\v S}
+  \gdefchar^^a8{\v s}
+  \gdefchar^^b4{\v Z}
+  \gdefchar^^b8{\v z}
+  \gdefchar^^bc{\OE}
+  \gdefchar^^bd{\oe}
+  \gdefchar^^be{\"Y}
 }
 
 % Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions.
 \def\lattwochardefs{%
-  \gdef^^a0{~}
-  \gdef^^a1{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH OGONEK}}
-  \gdef^^a2{\u{}}
-  \gdef^^a3{\L}
-  \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
-  \gdef^^a5{\v L}
-  \gdef^^a6{\'S}
-  \gdef^^a7{\S}
-  \gdef^^a8{\"{}}
-  \gdef^^a9{\v S}
-  \gdef^^aa{\cedilla S}
-  \gdef^^ab{\v T}
-  \gdef^^ac{\'Z}
-  \gdef^^ad{\-}
-  \gdef^^ae{\v Z}
-  \gdef^^af{\dotaccent Z}
-  %
-  \gdef^^b0{\textdegree}
-  \gdef^^b1{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH OGONEK}}
-  \gdef^^b2{\missingcharmsg{OGONEK}}
-  \gdef^^b3{\l}
-  \gdef^^b4{\'{}}
-  \gdef^^b5{\v l}
-  \gdef^^b6{\'s}
-  \gdef^^b7{\v{}}
-  \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ }
-  \gdef^^b9{\v s}
-  \gdef^^ba{\cedilla s}
-  \gdef^^bb{\v t}
-  \gdef^^bc{\'z}
-  \gdef^^bd{\H{}}
-  \gdef^^be{\v z}
-  \gdef^^bf{\dotaccent z}
-  %
-  \gdef^^c0{\'R}
-  \gdef^^c1{\'A}
-  \gdef^^c2{\^A}
-  \gdef^^c3{\u A}
-  \gdef^^c4{\"A}
-  \gdef^^c5{\'L}
-  \gdef^^c6{\'C}
-  \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C}
-  \gdef^^c8{\v C}
-  \gdef^^c9{\'E}
-  \gdef^^ca{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH OGONEK}}
-  \gdef^^cb{\"E}
-  \gdef^^cc{\v E}
-  \gdef^^cd{\'I}
-  \gdef^^ce{\^I}
-  \gdef^^cf{\v D}
-  %
-  \gdef^^d0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D WITH STROKE}}
-  \gdef^^d1{\'N}
-  \gdef^^d2{\v N}
-  \gdef^^d3{\'O}
-  \gdef^^d4{\^O}
-  \gdef^^d5{\H O}
-  \gdef^^d6{\"O}
-  \gdef^^d7{$\times$}
-  \gdef^^d8{\v R}
-  \gdef^^d9{\ringaccent U} 
-  \gdef^^da{\'U}
-  \gdef^^db{\H U}
-  \gdef^^dc{\"U}
-  \gdef^^dd{\'Y}
-  \gdef^^de{\cedilla T}
-  \gdef^^df{\ss}
-  %
-  \gdef^^e0{\'r}
-  \gdef^^e1{\'a}
-  \gdef^^e2{\^a}
-  \gdef^^e3{\u a}
-  \gdef^^e4{\"a}
-  \gdef^^e5{\'l}
-  \gdef^^e6{\'c}
-  \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c}
-  \gdef^^e8{\v c}
-  \gdef^^e9{\'e}
-  \gdef^^ea{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH OGONEK}}
-  \gdef^^eb{\"e}
-  \gdef^^ec{\v e}
-  \gdef^^ed{\'\i}
-  \gdef^^ee{\^\i}
-  \gdef^^ef{\v d}
-  %
-  \gdef^^f0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER D WITH STROKE}}
-  \gdef^^f1{\'n}
-  \gdef^^f2{\v n}
-  \gdef^^f3{\'o}
-  \gdef^^f4{\^o}
-  \gdef^^f5{\H o}
-  \gdef^^f6{\"o}
-  \gdef^^f7{$\div$}
-  \gdef^^f8{\v r}
-  \gdef^^f9{\ringaccent u}
-  \gdef^^fa{\'u}
-  \gdef^^fb{\H u}
-  \gdef^^fc{\"u}
-  \gdef^^fd{\'y}
-  \gdef^^fe{\cedilla t}
-  \gdef^^ff{\dotaccent{}}
+  \gdefchar^^a0{\tie}
+  \gdefchar^^a1{\ogonek{A}}
+  \gdefchar^^a2{\u{}}
+  \gdefchar^^a3{\L}
+  \gdefchar^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
+  \gdefchar^^a5{\v L}
+  \gdefchar^^a6{\'S}
+  \gdefchar^^a7{\S}
+  \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}}
+  \gdefchar^^a9{\v S}
+  \gdefchar^^aa{\cedilla S}
+  \gdefchar^^ab{\v T}
+  \gdefchar^^ac{\'Z}
+  \gdefchar^^ad{\-}
+  \gdefchar^^ae{\v Z}
+  \gdefchar^^af{\dotaccent Z}
+  %
+  \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree{}}
+  \gdefchar^^b1{\ogonek{a}}
+  \gdefchar^^b2{\ogonek{ }}
+  \gdefchar^^b3{\l}
+  \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}}
+  \gdefchar^^b5{\v l}
+  \gdefchar^^b6{\'s}
+  \gdefchar^^b7{\v{}}
+  \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ }
+  \gdefchar^^b9{\v s}
+  \gdefchar^^ba{\cedilla s}
+  \gdefchar^^bb{\v t}
+  \gdefchar^^bc{\'z}
+  \gdefchar^^bd{\H{}}
+  \gdefchar^^be{\v z}
+  \gdefchar^^bf{\dotaccent z}
+  %
+  \gdefchar^^c0{\'R}
+  \gdefchar^^c1{\'A}
+  \gdefchar^^c2{\^A}
+  \gdefchar^^c3{\u A}
+  \gdefchar^^c4{\"A}
+  \gdefchar^^c5{\'L}
+  \gdefchar^^c6{\'C}
+  \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C}
+  \gdefchar^^c8{\v C}
+  \gdefchar^^c9{\'E}
+  \gdefchar^^ca{\ogonek{E}}
+  \gdefchar^^cb{\"E}
+  \gdefchar^^cc{\v E}
+  \gdefchar^^cd{\'I}
+  \gdefchar^^ce{\^I}
+  \gdefchar^^cf{\v D}
+  %
+  \gdefchar^^d0{\DH}
+  \gdefchar^^d1{\'N}
+  \gdefchar^^d2{\v N}
+  \gdefchar^^d3{\'O}
+  \gdefchar^^d4{\^O}
+  \gdefchar^^d5{\H O}
+  \gdefchar^^d6{\"O}
+  \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$}
+  \gdefchar^^d8{\v R}
+  \gdefchar^^d9{\ringaccent U}
+  \gdefchar^^da{\'U}
+  \gdefchar^^db{\H U}
+  \gdefchar^^dc{\"U}
+  \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y}
+  \gdefchar^^de{\cedilla T}
+  \gdefchar^^df{\ss}
+  %
+  \gdefchar^^e0{\'r}
+  \gdefchar^^e1{\'a}
+  \gdefchar^^e2{\^a}
+  \gdefchar^^e3{\u a}
+  \gdefchar^^e4{\"a}
+  \gdefchar^^e5{\'l}
+  \gdefchar^^e6{\'c}
+  \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c}
+  \gdefchar^^e8{\v c}
+  \gdefchar^^e9{\'e}
+  \gdefchar^^ea{\ogonek{e}}
+  \gdefchar^^eb{\"e}
+  \gdefchar^^ec{\v e}
+  \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless{i}}}
+  \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless{i}}}
+  \gdefchar^^ef{\v d}
+  %
+  \gdefchar^^f0{\dh}
+  \gdefchar^^f1{\'n}
+  \gdefchar^^f2{\v n}
+  \gdefchar^^f3{\'o}
+  \gdefchar^^f4{\^o}
+  \gdefchar^^f5{\H o}
+  \gdefchar^^f6{\"o}
+  \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$}
+  \gdefchar^^f8{\v r}
+  \gdefchar^^f9{\ringaccent u}
+  \gdefchar^^fa{\'u}
+  \gdefchar^^fb{\H u}
+  \gdefchar^^fc{\"u}
+  \gdefchar^^fd{\'y}
+  \gdefchar^^fe{\cedilla t}
+  \gdefchar^^ff{\dotaccent{}}
 }
 
 % UTF-8 character definitions.
-% 
+%
 % This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some
 % changes for Texinfo conventions.  It is included here under the GPL by
 % permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team.
-% 
+%
 \newcount\countUTFx
 \newcount\countUTFy
 \newcount\countUTFz
@@ -8117,38 +10283,94 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
   \fi
 }
 
+% Give non-ASCII bytes the active definitions for processing UTF-8 sequences
 \begingroup
   \catcode`\~13
+  \catcode`\$12
   \catcode`\"12
 
+  % Loop from \countUTFx to \countUTFy, performing \UTFviiiTmp
+  % substituting ~ and $ with a character token of that value.
   \def\UTFviiiLoop{%
     \global\catcode\countUTFx\active
     \uccode`\~\countUTFx
+    \uccode`\$\countUTFx
     \uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}%
     \advance\countUTFx by 1
     \ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy
       \expandafter\UTFviiiLoop
     \fi}
 
+  % For bytes other than the first in a UTF-8 sequence.  Not expected to
+  % be expanded except when writing to auxiliary files.
+  \countUTFx = "80
+  \countUTFy = "C2
+  \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
+    \gdef~{%
+        \ifpassthroughchars $\fi}}%
+  \UTFviiiLoop
+
   \countUTFx = "C2
   \countUTFy = "E0
   \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
-    \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiTwoOctets\string~}}
+    \gdef~{%
+        \ifpassthroughchars $%
+        \else\expandafter\UTFviiiTwoOctets\expandafter$\fi}}%
   \UTFviiiLoop
 
   \countUTFx = "E0
   \countUTFy = "F0
   \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
-    \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiThreeOctets\string~}}
+    \gdef~{%
+        \ifpassthroughchars $%
+        \else\expandafter\UTFviiiThreeOctets\expandafter$\fi}}%
   \UTFviiiLoop
 
   \countUTFx = "F0
   \countUTFy = "F4
   \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
-    \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiFourOctets\string~}}
+    \gdef~{%
+        \ifpassthroughchars $%
+        \else\expandafter\UTFviiiFourOctets\expandafter$\fi
+        }}%
   \UTFviiiLoop
 \endgroup
 
+\def\globallet{\global\let} % save some \expandafter's below
+
+% @U{xxxx} to produce U+xxxx, if we support it.
+\def\U#1{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax
+    \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+      % All Unicode characters can be used if native Unicode handling is
+      % active.  However, if the font does not have the glyph,
+      % letters are missing.
+      \begingroup
+        \uccode`\.="#1\relax
+        \uppercase{.}
+      \endgroup
+    \else
+      \errhelp = \EMsimple	
+      \errmessage{Unicode character U+#1 not supported, sorry}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \csname uni:#1\endcsname
+  \fi
+}
+
+% These macros are used here to construct the name of a control
+% sequence to be defined.
+\def\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName#1#2{%
+  \csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}%
+\def\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName#1#2#3{%
+  \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}%
+\def\UTFviiiFourOctetsName#1#2#3#4{%
+  \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}%
+
+% For UTF-8 byte sequences (TeX, e-TeX and pdfTeX),
+% provide a definition macro to replace a Unicode character;
+% this gets used by the @U command
+%
 \begingroup
   \catcode`\"=12
   \catcode`\<=12
@@ -8157,449 +10379,839 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
   \catcode`\;=12
   \catcode`\!=12
   \catcode`\~=13
-
-  \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacter#1#2{%
+  \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii#1#2{%
     \countUTFz = "#1\relax
-    \wlog{\space\space defining Unicode char U+#1 (decimal \the\countUTFz)}%
     \begingroup
       \parseXMLCharref
-      \def\UTFviiiTwoOctets##1##2{%
-        \csname u8:##1\string ##2\endcsname}%
-      \def\UTFviiiThreeOctets##1##2##3{%
-        \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\endcsname}%
-      \def\UTFviiiFourOctets##1##2##3##4{%
-        \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\string ##4\endcsname}%
-      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
-       \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
-       \gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2}%
+    
+      % Give \u8:... its definition.  The sequence of seven \expandafter's
+      % expands after the \gdef three times, e.g.
+      %
+      % 1.  \UTFviiTwoOctetsName B1 B2
+      % 2.  \csname u8:B1 \string B2 \endcsname
+      % 3.  \u8: B1 B2  (a single control sequence token)
+      %
+      \expandafter\expandafter
+      \expandafter\expandafter
+      \expandafter\expandafter
+      \expandafter\gdef       \UTFviiiTmp{#2}%
+      % 
+      \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax \else
+       \message{Internal error, already defined: #1}%
+      \fi
+      %
+      % define an additional control sequence for this code point.
+      \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFviiiTmp
     \endgroup}
-
+  %
+  % Given the value in \countUTFz as a Unicode code point, set \UTFviiiTmp
+  % to the corresponding UTF-8 sequence.
   \gdef\parseXMLCharref{%
     \ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax
       \errhelp = \EMsimple
       \errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}%
     \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax
       \parseUTFviiiA,%
-      \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctets.,%
+      \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName.,%
     \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax
       \parseUTFviiiA;%
       \parseUTFviiiA,%
-      \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctets.{,;}%
+      \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName.{,;}%
     \else
       \parseUTFviiiA;%
       \parseUTFviiiA,%
       \parseUTFviiiA!%
-      \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctets.{!,;}%
+      \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctetsName.{!,;}%
     \fi\fi\fi
   }
 
+  % Extract a byte from the end of the UTF-8 representation of \countUTFx.
+  % It must be a non-initial byte in the sequence.
+  % Change \uccode of #1 for it to be used in \parseUTFviiiB as one
+  % of the bytes.
   \gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{%
     \countUTFx = \countUTFz
     \divide\countUTFz by 64
-    \countUTFy = \countUTFz
+    \countUTFy = \countUTFz  % Save to be the future value of \countUTFz.
     \multiply\countUTFz by 64
+    
+    % \countUTFz is now \countUTFx with the last 5 bits cleared.  Subtract
+    % in order to get the last five bits.
     \advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz
+
+    % Convert this to the byte in the UTF-8 sequence.
     \advance\countUTFx by 128
     \uccode `#1\countUTFx
     \countUTFz = \countUTFy}
 
+  % Used to put a UTF-8 byte sequence into \UTFviiiTmp
+  % #1 is the increment for \countUTFz to yield a the first byte of the UTF-8
+  %    sequence.
+  % #2 is one of the \UTFviii*OctetsName macros.
+  % #3 is always a full stop (.)
+  % #4 is a template for the other bytes in the sequence.  The values for these
+  %    bytes is substituted in here with \uppercase using the \uccode's.
   \gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{%
     \advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax
     \uccode `#3\countUTFz
     \uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}}
 \endgroup
 
+% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
+% provide a definition macro that sets a catcode to `other' non-globally
+%
+\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeOther#1#2{%
+  \catcode"#1=\other
+}
+
+% https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plane_(Unicode)#Basic_M
+% U+0000..U+007F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basic_Latin_(Unicode_block)
+% U+0080..U+00FF = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin-1_Supplement_(Unicode_block)
+% U+0100..U+017F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-A
+% U+0180..U+024F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-B
+% 
+% Many of our renditions are less than wonderful, and all the missing
+% characters are available somewhere.  Loading the necessary fonts
+% awaits user request.  We can't truly support Unicode without
+% reimplementing everything that's been done in LaTeX for many years,
+% plus probably using luatex or xetex, and who knows what else.
+% We won't be doing that here in this simple file.  But we can try to at
+% least make most of the characters not bomb out.
+%
+\def\unicodechardefs{%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A2}{{\tcfont \char162}}% 0242=cent
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{{\tcfont \char164}}% 0244=currency
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A5}{{\tcfont \char165}}% 0245=yen
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A6}{{\tcfont \char166}}% 0246=brokenbar
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\S}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AC}{\ensuremath\lnot}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B1}{\ensuremath\pm}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B2}{$^2$}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B3}{$^3$}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B5}{$\mu$}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B6}{\P}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B7}{\ensuremath\cdot}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B9}{$^1$}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BC}{$1\over4$}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BD}{$1\over2$}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BE}{$3\over4$}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D7}{\ensuremath\times}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F7}{\ensuremath\div}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010F}{d'}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0110}{\DH}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0111}{\dh}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0122}{\cedilla{G}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0123}{\cedilla{g}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0126}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0127}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012E}{\ogonek{I}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012F}{\ogonek{i}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0136}{\cedilla{K}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0137}{\cedilla{k}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0138}{\ensuremath\kappa}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013B}{\cedilla{L}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013C}{\cedilla{l}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013D}{L'}% should kern
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013E}{l'}% should kern
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013F}{L\U{00B7}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0140}{l\U{00B7}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0145}{\cedilla{N}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0146}{\cedilla{n}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0149}{'n}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014A}{\missingcharmsg{ENG}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014B}{\missingcharmsg{eng}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0156}{\cedilla{R}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0157}{\cedilla{r}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{T}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{t}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0165}{\v{t}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0166}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0167}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0172}{\ogonek{U}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0173}{\ogonek{u}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017F}{\missingcharmsg{LONG S}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }}%
+  %
+  % Greek letters upper case
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0391}{{\it A}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0392}{{\it B}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0393}{\ensuremath{\mit\Gamma}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0394}{\ensuremath{\mit\Delta}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0395}{{\it E}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0396}{{\it Z}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0397}{{\it H}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0398}{\ensuremath{\mit\Theta}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0399}{{\it I}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039A}{{\it K}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039B}{\ensuremath{\mit\Lambda}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039C}{{\it M}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039D}{{\it N}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039E}{\ensuremath{\mit\Xi}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039F}{{\it O}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A0}{\ensuremath{\mit\Pi}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A1}{{\it P}}%
+  %\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A2}{} % none - corresponds to final sigma
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A3}{\ensuremath{\mit\Sigma}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A4}{{\it T}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A5}{\ensuremath{\mit\Upsilon}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A6}{\ensuremath{\mit\Phi}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A7}{{\it X}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A8}{\ensuremath{\mit\Psi}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A9}{\ensuremath{\mit\Omega}}%
+  %
+  % Vowels with accents
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0390}{\ensuremath{\ddot{\acute\iota}}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AC}{\ensuremath{\acute\alpha}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AD}{\ensuremath{\acute\epsilon}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AE}{\ensuremath{\acute\eta}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AF}{\ensuremath{\acute\iota}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B0}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ddot\upsilon}}}%
+  %
+  % Standalone accent
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0384}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ }}}%
+  %
+  % Greek letters lower case
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B1}{\ensuremath\alpha}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B2}{\ensuremath\beta}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B3}{\ensuremath\gamma}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B4}{\ensuremath\delta}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B5}{\ensuremath\epsilon}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B6}{\ensuremath\zeta}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B7}{\ensuremath\eta}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B8}{\ensuremath\theta}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B9}{\ensuremath\iota}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BA}{\ensuremath\kappa}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BB}{\ensuremath\lambda}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BC}{\ensuremath\mu}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BD}{\ensuremath\nu}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BE}{\ensuremath\xi}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BF}{{\it o}}% omicron
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C0}{\ensuremath\pi}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C1}{\ensuremath\rho}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C2}{\ensuremath\varsigma}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C3}{\ensuremath\sigma}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C4}{\ensuremath\tau}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C5}{\ensuremath\upsilon}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C6}{\ensuremath\phi}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C7}{\ensuremath\chi}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C8}{\ensuremath\psi}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C9}{\ensuremath\omega}%
+  %
+  % More Greek vowels with accents
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CA}{\ensuremath{\ddot\iota}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CB}{\ensuremath{\ddot\upsilon}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CC}{\ensuremath{\acute o}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CD}{\ensuremath{\acute\upsilon}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CE}{\ensuremath{\acute\omega}}%
+  %
+  % Variant Greek letters
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D1}{\ensuremath\vartheta}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D6}{\ensuremath\varpi}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03F1}{\ensuremath\varrho}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}%
+  %
+  % Punctuation
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2020}{\ensuremath\dagger}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2021}{\ensuremath\ddagger}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{202F}{\thinspace}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright{}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro{}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result{}}%
+  %
+  % Mathematical symbols
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2200}{\ensuremath\forall}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2203}{\ensuremath\exists}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2208}{\ensuremath\in}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\ast}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221E}{\ensuremath\infty}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2225}{\ensuremath\parallel}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2227}{\ensuremath\wedge}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2229}{\ensuremath\cap}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2264}{\ensuremath\leq}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2265}{\ensuremath\geq}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2282}{\ensuremath\subset}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2287}{\ensuremath\supseteq}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2016}{\ensuremath\Vert}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2032}{\ensuremath\prime}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{210F}{\ensuremath\hbar}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2111}{\ensuremath\Im}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2113}{\ensuremath\ell}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2118}{\ensuremath\wp}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{211C}{\ensuremath\Re}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2135}{\ensuremath\aleph}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2190}{\ensuremath\leftarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2191}{\ensuremath\uparrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2193}{\ensuremath\downarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2194}{\ensuremath\leftrightarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2195}{\ensuremath\updownarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2196}{\ensuremath\nwarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2197}{\ensuremath\nearrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2198}{\ensuremath\searrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2199}{\ensuremath\swarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A6}{\ensuremath\mapsto}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A9}{\ensuremath\hookleftarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21AA}{\ensuremath\hookrightarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BC}{\ensuremath\leftharpoonup}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BD}{\ensuremath\leftharpoondown}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C0}{\ensuremath\rightharpoonup}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C1}{\ensuremath\rightharpoondown}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21CC}{\ensuremath\rightleftharpoons}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D0}{\ensuremath\Leftarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D1}{\ensuremath\Uparrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D3}{\ensuremath\Downarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D4}{\ensuremath\Leftrightarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D5}{\ensuremath\Updownarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2202}{\ensuremath\partial}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2205}{\ensuremath\emptyset}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2207}{\ensuremath\nabla}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2209}{\ensuremath\notin}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220B}{\ensuremath\owns}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220F}{\ensuremath\prod}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2210}{\ensuremath\coprod}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2211}{\ensuremath\sum}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2213}{\ensuremath\mp}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2218}{\ensuremath\circ}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221A}{\ensuremath\surd}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221D}{\ensuremath\propto}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2220}{\ensuremath\angle}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2223}{\ensuremath\mid}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2228}{\ensuremath\vee}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222A}{\ensuremath\cup}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222B}{\ensuremath\smallint}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222E}{\ensuremath\oint}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{223C}{\ensuremath\sim}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2240}{\ensuremath\wr}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2243}{\ensuremath\simeq}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2245}{\ensuremath\cong}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2248}{\ensuremath\approx}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{224D}{\ensuremath\asymp}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2250}{\ensuremath\doteq}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2260}{\ensuremath\neq}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226A}{\ensuremath\ll}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226B}{\ensuremath\gg}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227A}{\ensuremath\prec}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227B}{\ensuremath\succ}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2283}{\ensuremath\supset}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2286}{\ensuremath\subseteq}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{228E}{\ensuremath\uplus}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2291}{\ensuremath\sqsubseteq}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2292}{\ensuremath\sqsupseteq}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2293}{\ensuremath\sqcap}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2294}{\ensuremath\sqcup}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2295}{\ensuremath\oplus}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2296}{\ensuremath\ominus}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2297}{\ensuremath\otimes}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2298}{\ensuremath\oslash}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2299}{\ensuremath\odot}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A2}{\ensuremath\vdash}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A3}{\ensuremath\dashv}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A4}{\ensuremath\ptextop}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A5}{\ensuremath\bot}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A8}{\ensuremath\models}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C0}{\ensuremath\bigwedge}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C1}{\ensuremath\bigvee}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C2}{\ensuremath\bigcap}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C3}{\ensuremath\bigcup}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C4}{\ensuremath\diamond}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C5}{\ensuremath\cdot}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C6}{\ensuremath\star}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C8}{\ensuremath\bowtie}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2308}{\ensuremath\lceil}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2309}{\ensuremath\rceil}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230A}{\ensuremath\lfloor}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230B}{\ensuremath\rfloor}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2322}{\ensuremath\frown}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2323}{\ensuremath\smile}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B3}{\ensuremath\triangle}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B7}{\ensuremath\triangleright}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25BD}{\ensuremath\bigtriangledown}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C1}{\ensuremath\triangleleft}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C7}{\ensuremath\diamond}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2660}{\ensuremath\spadesuit}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2661}{\ensuremath\heartsuit}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2662}{\ensuremath\diamondsuit}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2663}{\ensuremath\clubsuit}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266D}{\ensuremath\flat}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266E}{\ensuremath\natural}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266F}{\ensuremath\sharp}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{26AA}{\ensuremath\bigcirc}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27B9}{\ensuremath\rangle}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27C2}{\ensuremath\perp}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27E8}{\ensuremath\langle}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F5}{\ensuremath\longleftarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F6}{\ensuremath\longrightarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F7}{\ensuremath\longleftrightarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27FC}{\ensuremath\longmapsto}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{29F5}{\ensuremath\setminus}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A00}{\ensuremath\bigodot}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A01}{\ensuremath\bigoplus}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A02}{\ensuremath\bigotimes}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A04}{\ensuremath\biguplus}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A06}{\ensuremath\bigsqcup}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A3F}{\ensuremath\amalg}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AAF}{\ensuremath\preceq}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AB0}{\ensuremath\succeq}%
+  %
+  \global\mathchardef\checkmark="1370% actually the square root sign
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2713}{\ensuremath\checkmark}%
+}% end of \unicodechardefs
+
+% UTF-8 byte sequence (pdfTeX) definitions (replacing and @U command)
+% It makes the setting that replace UTF-8 byte sequence.
 \def\utfeightchardefs{%
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{t}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{T}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result}
-
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\point}
-  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv}
-}% end of \utfeightchardefs
+  \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii
+  \unicodechardefs
+}
 
+% Whether the active definitions of non-ASCII characters expand to
+% non-active tokens with the same character code.  This is used to
+% write characters literally, instead of using active definitions for
+% printing the correct glyphs.
+\newif\ifpassthroughchars
+\passthroughcharsfalse
+
+% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
+% provide a definition macro to replace/pass-through a Unicode character
+%
+\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative#1#2{%
+  \catcode"#1=\active
+  \def\dodeclareunicodecharacternative##1##2##3{%
+    \begingroup
+      \uccode`\~="##2\relax
+      \uppercase{\gdef~}{%
+        \ifpassthroughchars
+          ##1%
+        \else
+          ##3%
+        \fi
+      }
+    \endgroup
+  }
+  \begingroup
+    \uccode`\.="#1\relax
+    \uppercase{\def\UTFNativeTmp{.}}%
+    \expandafter\dodeclareunicodecharacternative\UTFNativeTmp{#1}{#2}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+
+% Native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX) character replacing definition.
+% It activates the setting that replaces Unicode characters.
+\def\nativeunicodechardefs{%
+  \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative
+  \unicodechardefs
+}
+
+% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
+% make the character token expand
+% to the sequences given in \unicodechardefs for printing.
+\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU#1#2{%
+  \def\UTFAtUTmp{#2}
+  \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFAtUTmp
+}
+
+% @U command definitions for native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX).
+\def\nativeunicodechardefsatu{%
+  \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU
+  \unicodechardefs
+}
 
 % US-ASCII character definitions.
 \def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done
    \relax
 }
 
+% define all Unicode characters we know about, for the sake of @U.
+\iftxinativeunicodecapable
+  \nativeunicodechardefsatu
+\else
+  \utfeightchardefs
+\fi
+
+
 % Make non-ASCII characters printable again for compatibility with
 % existing Texinfo documents that may use them, even without declaring a
 % document encoding.
@@ -8618,8 +11230,8 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
 % Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
 \vbadness = 10000
 
-% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
-\hbadness = 2000
+% Don't be very finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
+\hbadness = 6666
 
 % Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans.
 \widowpenalty=10000
@@ -8655,12 +11267,12 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
   \advance\vsize by \topskip
   \outervsize = \vsize
   \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
-  \pageheight = \vsize
+  \txipageheight = \vsize
   %
   \hsize = #2\relax
   \outerhsize = \hsize
   \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
-  \pagewidth = \hsize
+  \txipagewidth = \hsize
   %
   \normaloffset = #4\relax
   \bindingoffset = #5\relax
@@ -8672,6 +11284,14 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
     % whatever layout pdftex was dumped with.
     \pdfhorigin = 1 true in
     \pdfvorigin = 1 true in
+  \else
+    \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+      \special{papersize=#8,#7}%
+    \else
+      \pdfpageheight #7\relax
+      \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
+      % XeTeX does not have \pdfhorigin and \pdfvorigin.
+    \fi
   \fi
   %
   \setleading{\textleading}
@@ -8704,7 +11324,6 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
   %
   \lispnarrowing = 0.3in
   \tolerance = 700
-  \hfuzz = 1pt
   \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
   \defbodyindent = .5cm
 }}
@@ -8722,7 +11341,6 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
   %
   \lispnarrowing = 0.25in
   \tolerance = 700
-  \hfuzz = 1pt
   \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
   \defbodyindent = .4cm
 }}
@@ -8748,7 +11366,6 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
                     {297mm}{210mm}%
   %
   \tolerance = 700
-  \hfuzz = 1pt
   \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
   \defbodyindent = 5mm
 }}
@@ -8767,7 +11384,6 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
   %
   \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
   \tolerance = 800
-  \hfuzz = 1.2pt
   \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
   \defbodyindent = 2mm
   \tableindent = 12mm
@@ -8823,28 +11439,27 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
 %
 \letterpaper
 
+% Default value of \hfuzz, for suppressing warnings about overfull hboxes.
+\hfuzz = 1pt
+
 
 \message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
 
+\def^^L{\par} % remove \outer, so ^L can appear in an @comment
+
+% DEL is a comment character, in case @c does not suffice.
+\catcode`\^^? = 14
+
 % Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
-\catcode`\"=\other
-\catcode`\~=\other
-\catcode`\^=\other
-\catcode`\_=\other
-\catcode`\|=\other
-\catcode`\<=\other
-\catcode`\>=\other
-\catcode`\+=\other
-\catcode`\$=\other
-\def\normaldoublequote{"}
-\def\normaltilde{~}
-\def\normalcaret{^}
-\def\normalunderscore{_}
-\def\normalverticalbar{|}
-\def\normalless{<}
-\def\normalgreater{>}
-\def\normalplus{+}
-\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
+\catcode`\"=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"}
+\catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
+\catcode`\+=\other \def\normalplus{+}
+\catcode`\<=\other \def\normalless{<}
+\catcode`\>=\other \def\normalgreater{>}
+\catcode`\^=\other \def\normalcaret{^}
+\catcode`\_=\other \def\normalunderscore{_}
+\catcode`\|=\other \def\normalverticalbar{|}
+\catcode`\~=\other \def\normaltilde{~}
 
 % This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt
 % (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts,
@@ -8863,44 +11478,47 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
 % this is not a problem.
 \def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
 
-% Turn off all special characters except @
-% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
+% Set catcodes for Texinfo file
+
+% Active characters for printing the wanted glyph.
 % Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
 % use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
-
+%
 \catcode`\"=\active
 \def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
 \let"=\activedoublequote
-\catcode`\~=\active
-\def~{{\tt\char126}}
-\chardef\hat=`\^
-\catcode`\^=\active
-\def^{{\tt \hat}}
+\catcode`\~=\active \def\activetilde{{\tt\char126}} \let~ = \activetilde
+\chardef\hatchar=`\^
+\catcode`\^=\active \def\activehat{{\tt \hatchar}} \let^ = \activehat
 
 \catcode`\_=\active
 \def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
-\let\realunder=_
-% Subroutine for the previous macro.
 \def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
+\let\realunder=_
+
+\catcode`\|=\active \def|{{\tt\char124}}
 
-\catcode`\|=\active
-\def|{{\tt\char124}}
 \chardef \less=`\<
-\catcode`\<=\active
-\def<{{\tt \less}}
+\catcode`\<=\active \def\activeless{{\tt \less}}\let< = \activeless
 \chardef \gtr=`\>
-\catcode`\>=\active
-\def>{{\tt \gtr}}
-\catcode`\+=\active
-\def+{{\tt \char 43}}
-\catcode`\$=\active
-\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
+\catcode`\>=\active \def\activegtr{{\tt \gtr}}\let> = \activegtr
+\catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}}
+\catcode`\$=\active \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
+\catcode`\-=\active \let-=\normaldash
 
-% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
-% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
-% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
-% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
-\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
+
+% used for headline/footline in the output routine, in case the page
+% breaks in the middle of an @tex block.
+\def\texinfochars{%
+  \let< = \activeless
+  \let> = \activegtr
+  \let~ = \activetilde 
+  \let^ = \activehat
+  \markupsetuplqdefault \markupsetuprqdefault 
+  \let\b = \strong
+  \let\i = \smartitalic
+  % in principle, all other definitions in \tex have to be undone too.
+}
 
 % Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after
 % parsing them.
@@ -8920,71 +11538,145 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
 % \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines).
 {\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\} @gdef@doublebackslash{\\}}
 
-% In texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
+% In Texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
 % in fixed width font.
-\catcode`\\=\active
-@def@normalbackslash{{@tt@backslashcurfont}}
-% On startup, @fixbackslash assigns:
-%  @let \ = @normalbackslash
+\catcode`\\=\active  % @ for escape char from now on.
+
+% Print a typewriter backslash.  For math mode, we can't simply use
+% \backslashcurfont: the story here is that in math mode, the \char
+% of \backslashcurfont ends up printing the roman \ from the math symbol
+% font (because \char in math mode uses the \mathcode, and plain.tex
+% sets \mathcode`\\="026E).  Hence we use an explicit \mathchar,
+% which is the decimal equivalent of "715c (class 7, e.g., use \fam;
+% ignored family value; char position "5C).  We can't use " for the
+% usual hex value because it has already been made active.
+
+@def@ttbackslash{{@tt @ifmmode @mathchar29020 @else @backslashcurfont @fi}}
+@let@backslashchar = @ttbackslash % @backslashchar{} is for user documents.
 
 % \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont.
 % \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
-% catcode other.
+% catcode other.  We switch back and forth between these.
 @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont}
 @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
 
 % Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
 % the literal character `\'.
-% 
-@def@normalturnoffactive{%
-  @let\=@normalbackslash
-  @let"=@normaldoublequote
-  @let~=@normaltilde
-  @let^=@normalcaret
-  @let_=@normalunderscore
-  @let|=@normalverticalbar
-  @let<=@normalless
-  @let>=@normalgreater
-  @let+=@normalplus
-  @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
-  @unsepspaces
-}
-
-% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
-% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
-@otherifyactive
+%
+{@catcode`- = @active
+ @gdef@normalturnoffactive{%
+   @passthroughcharstrue
+   @let-=@normaldash
+   @let"=@normaldoublequote
+   @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
+   @let+=@normalplus
+   @let<=@normalless
+   @let>=@normalgreater
+   @let^=@normalcaret
+   @let_=@normalunderscore
+   @let|=@normalverticalbar
+   @let~=@normaltilde
+   @let\=@ttbackslash
+   @markupsetuplqdefault
+   @markupsetuprqdefault
+   @unsepspaces
+ }
+}
+
+% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
+% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
+% So turn them off again, and have @fixbackslash turn them back on.
+@catcode`+=@other @catcode`@_=@other
 
+% \enablebackslashhack - allow file to begin `\input texinfo'
+%
 % If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
 % That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
 % a backslash.
-%
-@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash}
-@global@let\ = @eatinput
+% If the file did not have a `\input texinfo', then it is turned off after
+% the first line; otherwise the first `\' in the file would cause an error.
+% This is used on the very last line of this file, texinfo.tex.
+% We also use @c to call @fixbackslash, in case ends of lines are hidden.
+{
+@catcode`@^=7
+@catcode`@^^M=13@gdef@enablebackslashhack{%
+  @global@let\ = @eatinput%
+  @catcode`@^^M=13%
+  @def@c{@fixbackslash@c}%
+  % Definition for the newline at the end of this file.
+  @def ^^M{@let^^M@secondlinenl}%
+  % Definition for a newline in the main Texinfo file.
+  @gdef @secondlinenl{@fixbackslash}%
+  % In case the first line has a whole-line command on it
+  @let@originalparsearg@parsearg
+  @def@parsearg{@fixbackslash@originalparsearg}
+}}
+
+{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode`@^^M=13%
+@gdef@eatinput input texinfo#1^^M{@fixbackslash}}
+
+% Emergency active definition of newline, in case an active newline token
+% appears by mistake.
+{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode13=13%
+@gdef@enableemergencynewline{%
+  @gdef^^M{%
+    @par%
+    %<warning: active newline>@par%
+}}}
+
 
-% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
-% the first `\' in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
-% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
-% Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
-% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
-%
 @gdef@fixbackslash{%
-  @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
+  @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @ttbackslash @fi
+  @catcode13=5 % regular end of line
+  @enableemergencynewline
+  @let@c=@texinfoc
+  @let@parsearg@originalparsearg
+  % Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
+  % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
   @catcode`+=@active
   @catcode`@_=@active
+  %
+  % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
+  % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.  This macro, @fixbackslash, gets
+  % called at the beginning of every Texinfo file.  Not opening texinfo.cnf
+  % directly in this file, texinfo.tex, makes it possible to make a format
+  % file for Texinfo.
+  %
+  @openin 1 texinfo.cnf
+  @ifeof 1 @else @input texinfo.cnf @fi
+  @closein 1
 }
 
+
 % Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
 @escapechar = `@@
 
-% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
-@catcode`@& = @other
-@catcode`@# = @other
-@catcode`@% = @other
+% These (along with & and #) are made active for url-breaking, so need
+% active definitions as the normal characters.
+@def@normaldot{.}
+@def@normalquest{?}
+@def@normalslash{/}
 
+% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
+% @hashchar{} gets its own user-level command, because of #line.
+@catcode`@& = @other @def@normalamp{&}
+@catcode`@# = @other @def@normalhash{#}
+@catcode`@% = @other @def@normalpercent{%}
+
+@let @hashchar = @normalhash
+
+@c Finally, make ` and ' active, so that txicodequoteundirected and
+@c txicodequotebacktick work right in, e.g., @w{@code{`foo'}}.  If we
+@c don't make ` and ' active, @code will not get them as active chars.
+@c Do this last of all since we use ` in the previous @catcode assignments.
+@catcode`@'=@active
+@catcode`@`=@active
+@markupsetuplqdefault
+@markupsetuprqdefault
 
 @c Local variables:
 @c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
+@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message\\|emacs-page"
 @c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
 @c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
 @c time-stamp-end: "}"
@@ -8992,6 +11684,4 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
 
 @c vim:sw=2:
 
-@ignore
-   arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115
-@end ignore
+@enablebackslashhack